summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/rfeng10.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/rfeng10.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/rfeng10.txt6866
1 files changed, 6866 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/old/rfeng10.txt b/old/rfeng10.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8fe8335
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/rfeng10.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,6866 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Records of a Family of Engineers
+by Robert Louis Stevenson
+(#4 in our series by Robert Louis Stevenson)
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the
+copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing
+this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook.
+
+This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project
+Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the
+header without written permission.
+
+Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the
+eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is
+important information about your specific rights and restrictions in
+how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a
+donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!*****
+
+
+Title: Records of a Family of Engineers
+
+Author: Robert Louis Stevenson
+
+Release Date: June, 1995 [EBook #280]
+[This file was first posted on July 9, 1995]
+
+Edition: 10
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, RECORDS OF A FAMILY OF ENGINEERS ***
+
+
+
+
+
+Transcribed from the 1912 Chatto & Windus edition by David Price,
+email ccx074@coventry.ac.uk Additional proofing by Peter Barnes.
+
+
+
+
+RECORDS OF A FAMILY OF ENGINEERS
+
+
+
+
+INTRODUCTION: THE SURNAME OF STEVENSON
+
+
+
+From the thirteenth century onwards, the name, under the various
+disguises of Stevinstoun, Stevensoun, Stevensonne, Stenesone, and
+Stewinsoune, spread across Scotland from the mouth of the Firth of
+Forth to the mouth of the Firth of Clyde. Four times at least it
+occurs as a place-name. There is a parish of Stevenston in
+Cunningham; a second place of the name in the Barony of Bothwell in
+Lanark; a third on Lyne, above Drochil Castle; the fourth on the
+Tyne, near Traprain Law. Stevenson of Stevenson (co. Lanark) swore
+fealty to Edward I in 1296, and the last of that family died after
+the Restoration. Stevensons of Hirdmanshiels, in Midlothian, rode
+in the Bishops' Raid of Aberlady, served as jurors, stood bail for
+neighbours--Hunter of Polwood, for instance--and became extinct
+about the same period, or possibly earlier. A Stevenson of Luthrie
+and another of Pitroddie make their bows, give their names, and
+vanish. And by the year 1700 it does not appear that any acre of
+Scots land was vested in any Stevenson. {2a}
+
+Here is, so far, a melancholy picture of backward progress, and a
+family posting towards extinction. But the law (however
+administered, and I am bound to aver that, in Scotland, 'it couldna
+weel be waur') acts as a kind of dredge, and with dispassionate
+impartiality brings up into the light of day, and shows us for a
+moment, in the jury-box or on the gallows, the creeping things of
+the past. By these broken glimpses we are able to trace the
+existence of many other and more inglorious Stevensons, picking a
+private way through the brawl that makes Scots history. They were
+members of Parliament for Peebles, Stirling, Pittenweem, Kilrenny,
+and Inverurie. We find them burgesses of Edinburgh; indwellers in
+Biggar, Perth, and Dalkeith. Thomas was the forester of Newbattle
+Park, Gavin was a baker, John a maltman, Francis a chirurgeon, and
+'Schir William' a priest. In the feuds of Humes and Heatleys,
+Cunninghams, Montgomeries, Mures, Ogilvies, and Turnbulls, we find
+them inconspicuously involved, and apparently getting rather better
+than they gave. Schir William (reverend gentleman) was cruellie
+slaughtered on the Links of Kincraig in 1582; James ('in the mill-
+town of Roberton'), murdered in 1590; Archibald ('in
+Gallowfarren'), killed with shots of pistols and hagbuts in 1608.
+Three violent deaths in about seventy years, against which we can
+only put the case of Thomas, servant to Hume of Cowden Knowes, who
+was arraigned with his two young masters for the death of the
+Bastard of Mellerstanes in 1569. John ('in Dalkeith') stood sentry
+without Holyrood while the banded lords were despatching Rizzio
+within. William, at the ringing of Perth bell, ran before Gowrie
+House 'with ane sword, and, entering to the yearde, saw George
+Craiggingilt with ane twa-handit sword and utheris nychtbouris; at
+quilk time James Boig cryit ower ane wynds, "Awa hame! ye will all
+be hangit"'--a piece of advice which William took, and immediately
+'depairtit.' John got a maid with child to him in Biggar, and
+seemingly deserted her; she was hanged on the Castle Hill for
+infanticide, June 1614; and Martin, elder in Dalkeith, eternally
+disgraced the name by signing witness in a witch trial, 1661.
+These are two of our black sheep. {3a} Under the Restoration, one
+Stevenson was a bailie in Edinburgh, and another the lessee of the
+Canonmills. There were at the same period two physicians of the
+name in Edinburgh, one of whom, Dr. Archibald, appears to have been
+a famous man in his day and generation. The Court had continual
+need of him; it was he who reported, for instance, on the state of
+Rumbold; and he was for some time in the enjoyment of a pension of
+a thousand pounds Scots (about eighty pounds sterling) at a time
+when five hundred pounds is described as 'an opulent future.' I do
+not know if I should be glad or sorry that he failed to keep
+favour; but on 6th January 1682 (rather a cheerless New Year's
+present) his pension was expunged. {4a} There need be no doubt, at
+least, of my exultation at the fact that he was knighted and
+recorded arms. Not quite so genteel, but still in public life,
+Hugh was Under-Clerk to the Privy Council, and liked being so
+extremely. I gather this from his conduct in September 1681, when,
+with all the lords and their servants, he took the woful and soul-
+destroying Test, swearing it 'word by word upon his knees.' And,
+behold! it was in vain, for Hugh was turned out of his small post
+in 1684. {4b} Sir Archibald and Hugh were both plainly inclined to
+be trimmers; but there was one witness of the name of Stevenson who
+held high the banner of the Covenant--John, 'Land-Labourer, {4c} in
+the parish of Daily, in Carrick,' that 'eminently pious man.' He
+seems to have been a poor sickly soul, and shows himself disabled
+with scrofula, and prostrate and groaning aloud with fever; but the
+enthusiasm of the martyr burned high within him.
+
+'I was made to take joyfully the spoiling of my goods, and with
+pleasure for His name's sake wandered in deserts and in mountains,
+in dens and caves of the earth. I lay four months in the coldest
+season of the year in a haystack in my father's garden, and a whole
+February in the open fields not far from Camragen, and this I did
+without the least prejudice from the night air; one night, when
+lying in the fields near to the Carrick-Miln, I was all covered
+with snow in the morning. Many nights have I lain with pleasure in
+the churchyard of Old Daily, and made a grave my pillow; frequently
+have I resorted to the old walls about the glen, near to Camragen,
+and there sweetly rested.' The visible band of God protected and
+directed him. Dragoons were turned aside from the bramble-bush
+where he lay hidden. Miracles were performed for his behoof. 'I
+got a horse and a woman to carry the child, and came to the same
+mountain, where I wandered by the mist before; it is commonly known
+by the name of Kellsrhins: when we came to go up the mountain,
+there came on a great rain, which we thought was the occasion of
+the child's weeping, and she wept so bitterly, that all we could do
+could not divert her from it, so that she was ready to burst. When
+we got to the top of the mountain, where the Lord had been formerly
+kind to my soul in prayer, I looked round me for a stone, and
+espying one, I went and brought it. When the woman with me saw me
+set down the stone, she smiled, and asked what I was going to do
+with it. I told her I was going to set it up as my Ebenezer,
+because hitherto, and in that place, the Lord had formerly helped,
+and I hoped would yet help. The rain still continuing, the child
+weeping bitterly, I went to prayer, and no sooner did I cry to God,
+but the child gave over weeping, and when we got up from prayer,
+the rain was pouring down on every side, but in the way where we
+were to go there fell not one drop; the place not rained on was as
+big as an ordinary avenue.' And so great a saint was the natural
+butt of Satan's persecutions. 'I retired to the fields for secret
+prayer about mid-night. When I went to pray I was much straitened,
+and could not get one request, but "Lord pity," "Lord help"; this I
+came over frequently; at length the terror of Satan fell on me in a
+high degree, and all I could say even then was--"Lord help." I
+continued in the duty for some time, notwithstanding of this
+terror. At length I got up to my feet, and the terror still
+increased; then the enemy took me by the arm-pits, and seemed to
+lift me up by my arms. I saw a loch just before me, and I
+concluded he designed to throw me there by force; and had he got
+leave to do so, it might have brought a great reproach upon
+religion. {7a} But it was otherwise ordered, and the cause of
+piety escaped that danger. {7b}
+
+On the whole, the Stevensons may be described as decent, reputable
+folk, following honest trades--millers, maltsters, and doctors,
+playing the character parts in the Waverley Novels with propriety,
+if without distinction; and to an orphan looking about him in the
+world for a potential ancestry, offering a plain and quite
+unadorned refuge, equally free from shame and glory. John, the
+land-labourer, is the one living and memorable figure, and he,
+alas! cannot possibly be more near than a collateral. It was on
+August 12, 1678, that he heard Mr. John Welsh on the Craigdowhill,
+and 'took the heavens, earth, and sun in the firmament that was
+shining on us, as also the ambassador who made the offer, and THE
+CLERK WHO RAISED THE PSALMS, to witness that I did give myself away
+to the Lord in a personal and perpetual covenant never to be
+forgotten'; and already, in 1675, the birth of my direct ascendant
+was registered in Glasgow. So that I have been pursuing ancestors
+too far down; and John the land-labourer is debarred me, and I must
+relinquish from the trophies of my house his RARE SOUL-
+STRENGTHENING AND COMFORTING CORDIAL. It is the same case with the
+Edinburgh bailie and the miller of the Canonmills, worthy man! and
+with that public character, Hugh the Under-Clerk, and, more than
+all, with Sir Archibald, the physician, who recorded arms. And I
+am reduced to a family of inconspicuous maltsters in what was then
+the clean and handsome little city on the Clyde.
+
+The name has a certain air of being Norse. But the story of
+Scottish nomenclature is confounded by a continual process of
+translation and half-translation from the Gaelic which in olden
+days may have been sometimes reversed. Roy becomes Reid; Gow,
+Smith. A great Highland clan uses the name of Robertson; a sept in
+Appin that of Livingstone; Maclean in Glencoe answers to Johnstone
+at Lockerby. And we find such hybrids as Macalexander for
+Macallister. There is but one rule to be deduced: that however
+uncompromisingly Saxon a name may appear, you can never be sure it
+does not designate a Celt. My great-grandfather wrote the name
+Stevenson but pronounced it Steenson, after the fashion of the
+immortal minstrel in Redgauntlet; and this elision of a medial
+consonant appears a Gaelic process; and, curiously enough, I have
+come across no less than two Gaelic forms: John Macstophane
+cordinerius in Crossraguel, 1573, and William M'Steen in Dunskeith
+(co. Ross), 1605. Stevenson, Steenson, Macstophane, M'Steen:
+which is the original? which the translation? Or were these
+separate creations of the patronymic, some English, some Gaelic?
+The curiously compact territory in which we find them seated--Ayr,
+Lanark, Peebles, Stirling, Perth, Fife, and the Lothians--would
+seem to forbid the supposition. {9a}
+
+'STEVENSON--or according to tradition of one of the proscribed of
+the clan MacGregor, who was born among the willows or in a hill-
+side sheep-pen--"Son of my love," a heraldic bar sinister, but
+history reveals a reason for the birth among the willows far other
+than the sinister aspect of the name': these are the dark words of
+Mr. Cosmo Innes; but history or tradition, being interrogated,
+tells a somewhat tangled tale. The heir of Macgregor of Glenorchy,
+murdered about 1858 by the Argyll Campbells, appears to have been
+the original 'Son of my love'; and his more loyal clansmen took the
+name to fight under. It may be supposed the story of their
+resistance became popular, and the name in some sort identified
+with the idea of opposition to the Campbells. Twice afterwards, on
+some renewed aggression, in 1502 and 1552, we find the Macgregors
+again banding themselves into a sept of 'Sons of my love'; and when
+the great disaster fell on them in 1603, the whole original legend
+reappears, and we have the heir of Alaster of Glenstrae born 'among
+the willows' of a fugitive mother, and the more loyal clansmen
+again rallying under the name of Stevenson. A story would not be
+told so often unless it had some base in fact; nor (if there were
+no bond at all between the Red Macgregors and the Stevensons) would
+that extraneous and somewhat uncouth name be so much repeated in
+the legends of the Children of the Mist.
+
+But I am enabled, by my very lively and obliging correspondent, Mr.
+George A. Macgregor Stevenson of New York, to give an actual
+instance. His grandfather, great-grandfather, great-great-
+grandfather, and great-great-great-grandfather, all used the names
+of Macgregor and Stevenson as occasion served; being perhaps
+Macgregor by night and Stevenson by day. The great-great-great-
+grandfather was a mighty man of his hands, marched with the clan in
+the 'Forty-five, and returned with spolia opima in the shape of a
+sword, which he had wrested from an officer in the retreat, and
+which is in the possession of my correspondent to this day. His
+great-grandson (the grandfather of my correspondent), being
+converted to Methodism by some wayside preacher, discarded in a
+moment his name, his old nature, and his political principles, and
+with the zeal of a proselyte sealed his adherence to the Protestant
+Succession by baptising his next son George. This George became
+the publisher and editor of the Wesleyan Times. His children were
+brought up in ignorance of their Highland pedigree; and my
+correspondent was puzzled to overhear his father speak of him as a
+true Macgregor, and amazed to find, in rummaging about that
+peaceful and pious house, the sword of the Hanoverian officer.
+After he was grown up and was better informed of his descent, 'I
+frequently asked my father,' he writes, 'why he did not use the
+name of Macgregor; his replies were significant, and give a picture
+of the man: "It isn't a good METHODIST name. You can use it, but
+it will do you no GOOD." Yet the old gentleman, by way of
+pleasantry, used to announce himself to friends as "Colonel
+Macgregor."'
+
+Here, then, are certain Macgregors habitually using the name of
+Stevenson, and at last, under the influence of Methodism, adopting
+it entirely. Doubtless a proscribed clan could not be particular;
+they took a name as a man takes an umbrella against a shower; as
+Rob Roy took Campbell, and his son took Drummond. But this case is
+different; Stevenson was not taken and left--it was consistently
+adhered to. It does not in the least follow that all Stevensons
+are of the clan Alpin; but it does follow that some may be. And I
+cannot conceal from myself the possibility that James Stevenson in
+Glasgow, my first authentic ancestor, may have had a Highland alias
+upon his conscience and a claymore in his back parlour.
+
+To one more tradition I may allude, that we are somehow descended
+from a French barber-surgeon who came to St. Andrews in the service
+of one of the Cardinal Beatons. No details were added. But the
+very name of France was so detested in my family for three
+generations, that I am tempted to suppose there may be something in
+it. {12a}
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I: DOMESTIC ANNALS
+
+
+
+It is believed that in 1665, James Stevenson in Nether Carsewell,
+parish of Neilston, county of Renfrew, and presumably a tenant
+farmer, married one Jean Keir; and in 1675, without doubt, there
+was born to these two a son Robert, possibly a maltster in Glasgow.
+In 1710, Robert married, for a second time, Elizabeth Cumming, and
+there was born to them, in 1720, another Robert, certainly a
+maltster in Glasgow. In 1742, Robert the second married Margaret
+Fulton (Margret, she called herself), by whom he had ten children,
+among whom were Hugh, born February 1749, and Alan, born June 1752.
+
+With these two brothers my story begins. Their deaths were
+simultaneous; their lives unusually brief and full. Tradition
+whispered me in childhood they were the owners of an islet near St.
+Kitts; and it is certain they had risen to be at the head of
+considerable interests in the West Indies, which Hugh managed
+abroad and Alan at home, at an age when others are still curveting
+a clerk's stool. My kinsman, Mr. Stevenson of Stirling, has heard
+his father mention that there had been 'something romantic' about
+Alan's marriage: and, alas! he has forgotten what. It was early
+at least. His wife was Jean, daughter of David Lillie, a builder
+in Glasgow, and several times 'Deacon of the Wrights': the date of
+the marriage has not reached me; but on 8th June 1772, when Robert,
+the only child of the union, was born, the husband and father had
+scarce passed, or had not yet attained, his twentieth year. Here
+was a youth making haste to give hostages to fortune. But this
+early scene of prosperity in love and business was on the point of
+closing.
+
+There hung in the house of this young family, and successively in
+those of my grandfather and father, an oil painting of a ship of
+many tons burthen. Doubtless the brothers had an interest in the
+vessel; I was told she had belonged to them outright; and the
+picture was preserved through years of hardship, and remains to
+this day in the possession of the family, the only memorial of my
+great-grandsire Alan. It was on this ship that he sailed on his
+last adventure, summoned to the West Indies by Hugh. An agent had
+proved unfaithful on a serious scale; and it used to be told me in
+my childhood how the brothers pursued him from one island to
+another in an open boat, were exposed to the pernicious dews of the
+tropics, and simultaneously struck down. The dates and places of
+their deaths (now before me) would seem to indicate a more
+scattered and prolonged pursuit: Hugh, on the 16th April 1774, in
+Tobago, within sight of Trinidad; Alan, so late as 26th May, and so
+far away as 'Santt Kittes,' in the Leeward Islands--both, says the
+family Bible, 'of a fiver'(!). The death of Hugh was probably
+announced by Alan in a letter, to which we may refer the details of
+the open boat and the dew. Thus, at least, in something like the
+course of post, both were called away, the one twenty-five, the
+other twenty-two; their brief generation became extinct, their
+short-lived house fell with them; and 'in these lawless parts and
+lawless times'--the words are my grandfather's--their property was
+stolen or became involved. Many years later, I understand some
+small recovery to have been made; but at the moment almost the
+whole means of the family seem to have perished with the young
+merchants. On the 27th April, eleven days after Hugh Stevenson,
+twenty-nine before Alan, died David Lillie, the Deacon of the
+Wrights; so that mother and son were orphaned in one month. Thus,
+from a few scraps of paper bearing little beyond dates, we
+construct the outlines of the tragedy that shadowed the cradle of
+Robert Stevenson.
+
+Jean Lillie was a young woman of strong sense, well fitted to
+contend with poverty, and of a pious disposition, which it is like
+that these misfortunes heated. Like so many other widowed Scots-
+women, she vowed her son should wag his head in a pulpit; but her
+means were inadequate to her ambition. A charity school, and some
+time under a Mr. M'Intyre, 'a famous linguist,' were all she could
+afford in the way of education to the would-be minister. He
+learned no Greek; in one place he mentions that the Orations of
+Cicero were his highest book in Latin; in another that he had
+'delighted' in Virgil and Horace; but his delight could never have
+been scholarly. This appears to have been the whole of his
+training previous to an event which changed his own destiny and
+moulded that of his descendants--the second marriage of his mother.
+
+There was a Merchant-Burgess of Edinburgh of the name of Thomas
+Smith. The Smith pedigree has been traced a little more
+particularly than the Stevensons', with a similar dearth of
+illustrious names. One character seems to have appeared, indeed,
+for a moment at the wings of history: a skipper of Dundee who
+smuggled over some Jacobite big-wig at the time of the 'Fifteen,
+and was afterwards drowned in Dundee harbour while going on board
+his ship. With this exception, the generations of the Smiths
+present no conceivable interest even to a descendant; and Thomas,
+of Edinburgh, was the first to issue from respectable obscurity.
+His father, a skipper out of Broughty Ferry, was drowned at sea
+while Thomas was still young. He seems to have owned a ship or
+two--whalers, I suppose, or coasters--and to have been a member of
+the Dundee Trinity House, whatever that implies. On his death the
+widow remained in Broughty, and the son came to push his future in
+Edinburgh. There is a story told of him in the family which I
+repeat here because I shall have to tell later on a similar, but
+more perfectly authenticated, experience of his stepson, Robert
+Stevenson. Word reached Thomas that his mother was unwell, and he
+prepared to leave for Broughty on the morrow. It was between two
+and three in the morning, and the early northern daylight was
+already clear, when he awoke and beheld the curtains at the bed-
+foot drawn aside and his mother appear in the interval, smile upon
+him for a moment, and then vanish. The sequel is stereo-type; he
+took the time by his watch, and arrived at Broughty to learn it was
+the very moment of her death. The incident is at least curious in
+having happened to such a person--as the tale is being told of him.
+In all else, he appears as a man ardent, passionate, practical,
+designed for affairs and prospering in them far beyond the average.
+He founded a solid business in lamps and oils, and was the sole
+proprietor of a concern called the Greenside Company's Works--'a
+multifarious concern it was,' writes my cousin, Professor Swan, 'of
+tinsmiths, coppersmiths, brass-founders, blacksmiths, and
+japanners.' He was also, it seems, a shipowner and underwriter.
+He built himself 'a land'--Nos. 1 and 2 Baxter's Place, then no
+such unfashionable neighbourhood--and died, leaving his only son in
+easy circumstances, and giving to his three surviving daughters
+portions of five thousand pounds and upwards. There is no standard
+of success in life; but in one of its meanings, this is to succeed.
+
+In what we know of his opinions, he makes a figure highly
+characteristic of the time. A high Tory and patriot, a captain--so
+I find it in my notes--of Edinburgh Spearmen, and on duty in the
+Castle during the Muir and Palmer troubles, he bequeathed to his
+descendants a bloodless sword and a somewhat violent tradition,
+both long preserved. The judge who sat on Muir and Palmer, the
+famous Braxfield, let fall from the bench the obiter dictum--'I
+never liked the French all my days, but now I hate them.' If
+Thomas Smith, the Edinburgh Spearman, were in court, he must have
+been tempted to applaud. The people of that land were his
+abhorrence; he loathed Buonaparte like Antichrist. Towards the end
+he fell into a kind of dotage; his family must entertain him with
+games of tin soldiers, which he took a childish pleasure to array
+and overset; but those who played with him must be upon their
+guard, for if his side, which was always that of the English
+against the French, should chance to be defeated, there would be
+trouble in Baxter's Place. For these opinions he may almost be
+said to have suffered. Baptised and brought up in the Church of
+Scotland, he had, upon some conscientious scruple, joined the
+communion of the Baptists. Like other Nonconformists, these were
+inclined to the Liberal side in politics, and, at least in the
+beginning, regarded Buonaparte as a deliverer. From the time of
+his joining the Spearmen, Thomas Smith became in consequence a
+bugbear to his brethren in the faith. 'They that take the sword
+shall perish with the sword,' they told him; they gave him 'no
+rest'; 'his position became intolerable'; it was plain he must
+choose between his political and his religious tenets; and in the
+last years of his life, about 1812, he returned to the Church of
+his fathers.
+
+August 1786 was the date of his chief advancement, when, having
+designed a system of oil lights to take the place of the primitive
+coal fires before in use, he was dubbed engineer to the newly-
+formed Board of Northern Lighthouses. Not only were his fortunes
+bettered by the appointment, but he was introduced to a new and
+wider field for the exercise of his abilities, and a new way of
+life highly agreeable to his active constitution. He seems to have
+rejoiced in the long journeys, and to have combined them with the
+practice of field sports. 'A tall, stout man coming ashore with
+his gun over his arm'--so he was described to my father--the only
+description that has come down to me by a light-keeper old in the
+service. Nor did this change come alone. On the 9th July of the
+same year, Thomas Smith had been left for the second time a
+widower. As he was still but thirty-three years old, prospering in
+his affairs, newly advanced in the world, and encumbered at the
+time with a family of children, five in number, it was natural that
+he should entertain the notion of another wife. Expeditious in
+business, he was no less so in his choice; and it was not later
+than June 1787--for my grandfather is described as still in his
+fifteenth year--that he married the widow of Alan Stevenson.
+
+The perilous experiment of bringing together two families for once
+succeeded. Mr. Smith's two eldest daughters, Jean and Janet,
+fervent in piety, unwearied in kind deeds, were well qualified both
+to appreciate and to attract the stepmother; and her son, on the
+other hand, seems to have found immediate favour in the eyes of Mr.
+Smith. It is, perhaps, easy to exaggerate the ready-made
+resemblances; the tired woman must have done much to fashion girls
+who were under ten; the man, lusty and opinionated, must have
+stamped a strong impression on the boy of fifteen. But the
+cleavage of the family was too marked, the identity of character
+and interest produced between the two men on the one hand, and the
+three women on the other, was too complete to have been the result
+of influence alone. Particular bonds of union must have pre-
+existed on each side. And there is no doubt that the man and the
+boy met with common ambitions, and a common bent, to the practice
+of that which had not so long before acquired the name of civil
+engineering.
+
+For the profession which is now so thronged, famous, and
+influential, was then a thing of yesterday. My grandfather had an
+anecdote of Smeaton, probably learned from John Clerk of Eldin,
+their common friend. Smeaton was asked by the Duke of Argyll to
+visit the West Highland coast for a professional purpose. He
+refused, appalled, it seems, by the rough travelling. 'You can
+recommend some other fit person?' asked the Duke. 'No,' said
+Smeaton, 'I'm sorry I can't.' 'What!' cried the Duke, 'a
+profession with only one man in it! Pray, who taught you?' 'Why,'
+said Smeaton, 'I believe I may say I was self-taught, an't please
+your grace.' Smeaton, at the date of Thomas Smith's third
+marriage, was yet living; and as the one had grown to the new
+profession from his place at the instrument-maker's, the other was
+beginning to enter it by the way of his trade. The engineer of to-
+day is confronted with a library of acquired results; tables and
+formulae to the value of folios full have been calculated and
+recorded; and the student finds everywhere in front of him the
+footprints of the pioneers. In the eighteenth century the field
+was largely unexplored; the engineer must read with his own eyes
+the face of nature; he arose a volunteer, from the workshop or the
+mill, to undertake works which were at once inventions and
+adventures. It was not a science then--it was a living art; and it
+visibly grew under the eyes and between the hands of its
+practitioners.
+
+The charm of such an occupation was strongly felt by stepfather and
+stepson. It chanced that Thomas Smith was a reformer; the
+superiority of his proposed lamp and reflectors over open fires of
+coal secured his appointment; and no sooner had he set his hand to
+the task than the interest of that employment mastered him. The
+vacant stage on which he was to act, and where all had yet to be
+created--the greatness of the difficulties, the smallness of the
+means intrusted him--would rouse a man of his disposition like a
+call to battle. The lad introduced by marriage under his roof was
+of a character to sympathise; the public usefulness of the service
+would appeal to his judgment, the perpetual need for fresh
+expedients stimulate his ingenuity. And there was another
+attraction which, in the younger man at least, appealed to, and
+perhaps first aroused, a profound and enduring sentiment of
+romance: I mean the attraction of the life. The seas into which
+his labours carried the new engineer were still scarce charted, the
+coasts still dark; his way on shore was often far beyond the
+convenience of any road; the isles in which he must sojourn were
+still partly savage. He must toss much in boats; he must often
+adventure on horseback by the dubious bridle-track through
+unfrequented wildernesses; he must sometimes plant his lighthouse
+in the very camp of wreckers; and he was continually enforced to
+the vicissitudes of outdoor life. The joy of my grandfather in
+this career was strong as the love of woman. It lasted him through
+youth and manhood, it burned strong in age, and at the approach of
+death his last yearning was to renew these loved experiences. What
+he felt himself he continued to attribute to all around him. And
+to this supposed sentiment in others I find him continually, almost
+pathetically, appealing; often in vain.
+
+Snared by these interests, the boy seems to have become almost at
+once the eager confidant and adviser of his new connection; the
+Church, if he had ever entertained the prospect very warmly, faded
+from his view; and at the age of nineteen I find him already in a
+post of some authority, superintending the construction of the
+lighthouse on the isle of Little Cumbrae, in the Firth of Clyde.
+The change of aim seems to have caused or been accompanied by a
+change of character. It sounds absurd to couple the name of my
+grandfather with the word indolence; but the lad who had been
+destined from the cradle to the Church, and who had attained the
+age of fifteen without acquiring more than a moderate knowledge of
+Latin, was at least no unusual student. And from the day of his
+charge at Little Cumbrae he steps before us what he remained until
+the end, a man of the most zealous industry, greedy of occupation,
+greedy of knowledge, a stern husband of time, a reader, a writer,
+unflagging in his task of self-improvement. Thenceforward his
+summers were spent directing works and ruling workmen, now in
+uninhabited, now in half-savage islands; his winters were set
+apart, first at the Andersonian Institution, then at the University
+of Edinburgh to improve himself in mathematics, chemistry, natural
+history, agriculture, moral philosophy, and logic; a bearded
+student--although no doubt scrupulously shaved. I find one
+reference to his years in class which will have a meaning for all
+who have studied in Scottish Universities. He mentions a
+recommendation made by the professor of logic. 'The high-school
+men,' he writes, 'and BEARDED MEN LIKE MYSELF, were all attention.'
+If my grandfather were throughout life a thought too studious of
+the art of getting on, much must be forgiven to the bearded and
+belated student who looked across, with a sense of difference, at
+'the high-school men.' Here was a gulf to be crossed; but already
+he could feel that he had made a beginning, and that must have been
+a proud hour when he devoted his earliest earnings to the repayment
+of the charitable foundation in which he had received the rudiments
+of knowledge.
+
+In yet another way he followed the example of his father-in-law,
+and from 1794 to 1807, when the affairs of the Bell Rock made it
+necessary for him to resign, he served in different corps of
+volunteers. In the last of these he rose to a position of
+distinction, no less than captain of the Grenadier Company, and his
+colonel, in accepting his resignation, entreated he would do them
+'the favour of continuing as an honorary member of a corps which
+has been so much indebted for your zeal and exertions.'
+
+To very pious women the men of the house are apt to appear worldly.
+The wife, as she puts on her new bonnet before church, is apt to
+sigh over that assiduity which enabled her husband to pay the
+milliner's bill. And in the household of the Smiths and Stevensons
+the women were not only extremely pious, but the men were in
+reality a trifle worldly. Religious they both were; conscious,
+like all Scots, of the fragility and unreality of that scene in
+which we play our uncomprehended parts; like all Scots, realising
+daily and hourly the sense of another will than ours and a
+perpetual direction in the affairs of life. But the current of
+their endeavours flowed in a more obvious channel. They had got on
+so far; to get on further was their next ambition--to gather
+wealth, to rise in society, to leave their descendants higher than
+themselves, to be (in some sense) among the founders of families.
+Scott was in the same town nourishing similar dreams. But in the
+eyes of the women these dreams would be foolish and idolatrous.
+
+I have before me some volumes of old letters addressed to Mrs.
+Smith and the two girls, her favourites, which depict in a strong
+light their characters and the society in which they moved.
+
+'My very dear and much esteemed Friend,' writes one correspondent,
+'this day being the anniversary of our acquaintance, I feel
+inclined to address you; but where shall I find words to express
+the fealings of a graitful Heart, first to the Lord who graiciously
+inclined you on this day last year to notice an afflicted Strainger
+providentially cast in your way far from any Earthly friend? . . .
+Methinks I shall hear him say unto you, "Inasmuch as ye shewed
+kindness to my afflicted handmaiden, ye did it unto me."'
+
+This is to Jean; but the same afflicted lady wrote indifferently to
+Jean, to Janet, and to Ms. Smith, whom she calls 'my Edinburgh
+mother.' It is plain the three were as one person, moving to acts
+of kindness, like the Graces, inarmed. Too much stress must not be
+laid on the style of this correspondence; Clarinda survived, not
+far away, and may have met the ladies on the Calton Hill; and many
+of the writers appear, underneath the conventions of the period, to
+be genuinely moved. But what unpleasantly strikes a reader is,
+that these devout unfortunates found a revenue in their devotion.
+It is everywhere the same tale; on the side of the soft-hearted
+ladies, substantial acts of help; on the side of the
+correspondents, affection, italics, texts, ecstasies, and imperfect
+spelling. When a midwife is recommended, not at all for
+proficiency in her important art, but because she has 'a sister
+whom I [the correspondent] esteem and respect, and [who] is a
+spiritual daughter of my Hond Father in the Gosple,' the mask seems
+to be torn off, and the wages of godliness appear too openly.
+Capacity is a secondary matter in a midwife, temper in a servant,
+affection in a daughter, and the repetition of a shibboleth fulfils
+the law. Common decency is at times forgot in the same page with
+the most sanctified advice and aspiration. Thus I am introduced to
+a correspondent who appears to have been at the time the
+housekeeper at Invermay, and who writes to condole with my
+grandmother in a season of distress. For nearly half a sheet she
+keeps to the point with an excellent discretion in language then
+suddenly breaks out:
+
+'It was fully my intention to have left this at Martinmass, but the
+Lord fixes the bounds of our habitation. I have had more need of
+patience in my situation here than in any other, partly from the
+very violent, unsteady, deceitful temper of the Mistress of the
+Family, and also from the state of the house. It was in a train of
+repair when I came here two years ago, and is still in Confusion.
+There is above six Thousand Pounds' worth of Furniture come from
+London to be put up when the rooms are completely finished; and
+then, woe be to the Person who is Housekeeper at Invermay!'
+
+And by the tail of the document, which is torn, I see she goes on
+to ask the bereaved family to seek her a new place. It is
+extraordinary that people should have been so deceived in so
+careless an impostor; that a few sprinkled 'God willings' should
+have blinded them to the essence of this venomous letter; and that
+they should have been at the pains to bind it in with others (many
+of them highly touching) in their memorial of harrowing days. But
+the good ladies were without guile and without suspicion; they were
+victims marked for the axe, and the religious impostors snuffed up
+the wind as they drew near.
+
+I have referred above to my grandmother; it was no slip of the pen:
+for by an extraordinary arrangement, in which it is hard not to
+suspect the managing hand of a mother, Jean Smith became the wife
+of Robert Stevenson. Mrs. Smith had failed in her design to make
+her son a minister, and she saw him daily more immersed in business
+and worldly ambition. One thing remained that she might do: she
+might secure for him a godly wife, that great means of
+sanctification; and she had two under her hand, trained by herself,
+her dear friends and daughters both in law and love--Jean and
+Janet. Jean's complexion was extremely pale, Janet's was florid;
+my grandmother's nose was straight, my great-aunt's aquiline; but
+by the sound of the voice, not even a son was able to distinguish
+one from other. The marriage of a man of twenty-seven and a girl
+of twenty who have lived for twelve years as brother and sister, is
+difficult to conceive. It took place, however, and thus in 1799
+the family was still further cemented by the union of a
+representative of the male or worldly element with one of the
+female and devout.
+
+This essential difference remained unbridged, yet never diminished
+the strength of their relation. My grandfather pursued his design
+of advancing in the world with some measure of success; rose to
+distinction in his calling, grew to be the familiar of members of
+Parliament, judges of the Court of Session, and 'landed gentlemen';
+learned a ready address, had a flow of interesting conversation,
+and when he was referred to as 'a highly respectable bourgeois,'
+resented the description. My grandmother remained to the end
+devout and unambitious, occupied with her Bible, her children, and
+her house; easily shocked, and associating largely with a clique of
+godly parasites. I do not know if she called in the midwife
+already referred to; but the principle on which that lady was
+recommended, she accepted fully. The cook was a godly woman, the
+butcher a Christian man, and the table suffered. The scene has
+been often described to me of my grandfather sawing with darkened
+countenance at some indissoluble joint--'Preserve me, my dear, what
+kind of a reedy, stringy beast is this?'--of the joint removed, the
+pudding substituted and uncovered; and of my grandmother's anxious
+glance and hasty, deprecatory comment, 'Just mismanaged!' Yet with
+the invincible obstinacy of soft natures, she would adhere to the
+godly woman and the Christian man, or find others of the same
+kidney to replace them. One of her confidants had once a narrow
+escape; an unwieldy old woman, she had fallen from an outside stair
+in a close of the Old Town; and my grandmother rejoiced to
+communicate the providential circumstance that a baker had been
+passing underneath with his bread upon his head. 'I would like to
+know what kind of providence the baker thought it!' cried my
+grandfather.
+
+But the sally must have been unique. In all else that I have heard
+or read of him, so far from criticising, he was doing his utmost to
+honour and even to emulate his wife's pronounced opinions. In the
+only letter which has come to my hand of Thomas Smith's, I find him
+informing his wife that he was 'in time for afternoon church';
+similar assurances or cognate excuses abound in the correspondence
+of Robert Stevenson; and it is comical and pretty to see the two
+generations paying the same court to a female piety more highly
+strung: Thomas Smith to the mother of Robert Stevenson--Robert
+Stevenson to the daughter of Thomas Smith. And if for once my
+grandfather suffered himself to be hurried, by his sense of humour
+and justice, into that remark about the case of Providence and the
+Baker, I should be sorry for any of his children who should have
+stumbled into the same attitude of criticism. In the apocalyptic
+style of the housekeeper of Invermay, woe be to that person! But
+there was no fear; husband and sons all entertained for the pious,
+tender soul the same chivalrous and moved affection. I have spoken
+with one who remembered her, and who had been the intimate and
+equal of her sons, and I found this witness had been struck, as I
+had been, with a sense of disproportion between the warmth of the
+adoration felt and the nature of the woman, whether as described or
+observed. She diligently read and marked her Bible; she was a
+tender nurse; she had a sense of humour under strong control; she
+talked and found some amusement at her (or rather at her husband's)
+dinner-parties. It is conceivable that even my grandmother was
+amenable to the seductions of dress; at least, I find her husband
+inquiring anxiously about 'the gowns from Glasgow,' and very
+careful to describe the toilet of the Princess Charlotte, whom he
+had seen in church 'in a Pelisse and Bonnet of the same colour of
+cloth as the Boys' Dress jackets, trimmed with blue satin ribbons;
+the hat or Bonnet, Mr. Spittal said, was a Parisian slouch, and had
+a plume of three white feathers.' But all this leaves a blank
+impression, and it is rather by reading backward in these old musty
+letters, which have moved me now to laughter and now to impatience,
+that I glean occasional glimpses of how she seemed to her
+contemporaries, and trace (at work in her queer world of godly and
+grateful parasites) a mobile and responsive nature. Fashion moulds
+us, and particularly women, deeper than we sometimes think; but a
+little while ago, and, in some circles, women stood or fell by the
+degree of their appreciation of old pictures; in the early years of
+the century (and surely with more reason) a character like that of
+my grandmother warmed, charmed, and subdued, like a strain of
+music, the hearts of the men of her own household. And there is
+little doubt that Mrs. Smith, as she looked on at the domestic life
+of her son and her stepdaughter, and numbered the heads in their
+increasing nursery, must have breathed fervent thanks to her
+Creator.
+
+Yet this was to be a family unusually tried; it was not for nothing
+that one of the godly women saluted Miss Janet Smith as 'a veteran
+in affliction'; and they were all before middle life experienced in
+that form of service. By the 1st of January 1808, besides a pair
+of still-born twins, children had been born and still survived to
+the young couple. By the 11th two were gone; by the 28th a third
+had followed, and the two others were still in danger. In the
+letters of a former nurserymaid--I give her name, Jean Mitchell,
+honoris causa--we are enabled to feel, even at this distance of
+time, some of the bitterness of that month of bereavement.
+
+'I have this day received,' she writes to Miss Janet, 'the
+melancholy news of my dear babys' deaths. My heart is like to
+break for my dear Mrs. Stevenson. O may she be supported on this
+trying occasion! I hope her other three babys will be spared to
+her. O, Miss Smith, did I think when I parted from my sweet babys
+that I never was to see them more?' 'I received,' she begins her
+next, 'the mournful news of my dear Jessie's death. I also
+received the hair of my three sweet babys, which I will preserve as
+dear to their memorys and as a token of Mr. and Mrs. Stevenson's
+friendship and esteem. At my leisure hours, when the children are
+in bed, they occupy all my thoughts, I dream of them. About two
+weeks ago I dreamed that my sweet little Jessie came running to me
+in her usual way, and I took her in my arms. O my dear babys, were
+mortal eyes permitted to see them in heaven, we would not repine
+nor grieve for their loss.'
+
+By the 29th of February, the Reverend John Campbell, a man of
+obvious sense and human value, but hateful to the present
+biographer, because he wrote so many letters and conveyed so little
+information, summed up this first period of affliction in a letter
+to Miss Smith: 'Your dear sister but a little while ago had a full
+nursery, and the dear blooming creatures sitting around her table
+filled her breast with hope that one day they should fill active
+stations in society and become an ornament in the Church below.
+But ah!'
+
+Near a hundred years ago these little creatures ceased to be, and
+for not much less a period the tears have been dried. And to this
+day, looking in these stitched sheaves of letters, we hear the
+sound of many soft-hearted women sobbing for the lost. Never was
+such a massacre of the innocents; teething and chincough and
+scarlet fever and smallpox ran the round; and little Lillies, and
+Smiths, and Stevensons fell like moths about a candle; and nearly
+all the sympathetic correspondents deplore and recall the little
+losses of their own. 'It is impossible to describe the Heavnly
+looks of the Dear Babe the three last days of his life,' writes
+Mrs. Laurie to Mrs. Smith. 'Never--never, my dear aunt, could I
+wish to eface the rememberance of this Dear Child. Never, never,
+my dear aunt!' And so soon the memory of the dead and the dust of
+the survivors are buried in one grave.
+
+There was another death in 1812; it passes almost unremarked; a
+single funeral seemed but a small event to these 'veterans in
+affliction'; and by 1816 the nursery was full again. Seven little
+hopefuls enlivened the house; some were growing up; to the elder
+girl my grandfather already wrote notes in current hand at the tail
+of his letters to his wife: and to the elder boys he had begun to
+print, with laborious care, sheets of childish gossip and pedantic
+applications. Here, for instance, under date of 26th May 1816, is
+part of a mythological account of London, with a moral for the
+three gentlemen, 'Messieurs Alan, Robert, and James Stevenson,' to
+whom the document is addressed:
+
+'There are many prisons here like Bridewell, for, like other large
+towns, there are many bad men here as well as many good men. The
+natives of London are in general not so tall and strong as the
+people of Edinburgh, because they have not so much pure air, and
+instead of taking porridge they eat cakes made with sugar and
+plums. Here you have thousands of carts to draw timber, thousands
+of coaches to take you to all parts of the town, and thousands of
+boats to sail on the river Thames. But you must have money to pay,
+otherwise you can get nothing. Now the way to get money is, become
+clever men and men of education, by being good scholars.'
+
+From the same absence, he writes to his wife on a Sunday:
+
+'It is now about eight o'clock with me, and I imagine you to be
+busy with the young folks, hearing the questions [Anglice,
+catechism], and indulging the boys with a chapter from the large
+Bible, with their interrogations and your answers in the soundest
+doctrine. I hope James is getting his verse as usual, and that
+Mary is not forgetting her little hymn. While Jeannie will be
+reading Wotherspoon, or some other suitable and instructive book, I
+presume our friend, Aunt Mary, will have just arrived with the news
+of A THRONG KIRK [a crowded church] and a great sermon. You may
+mention, with my compliments to my mother, that I was at St. Paul's
+to-day, and attended a very excellent service with Mr. James
+Lawrie. The text was "Examine and see that ye be in the faith."'
+
+A twinkle of humour lights up this evocation of the distant scene--
+the humour of happy men and happy homes. Yet it is penned upon the
+threshold of fresh sorrow. James and Mary--he of the verse and she
+of the hymn--did not much more than survive to welcome their
+returning father. On the 25th, one of the godly women writes to
+Janet:
+
+'My dearest beloved madam, when I last parted from you, you was so
+affected with your affliction [you? or I?] could think of nothing
+else. But on Saturday, when I went to inquire after your health,
+how was I startled to hear that dear James was gone! Ah, what is
+this? My dear benefactors, doing so much good to many, to the
+Lord, suddenly to be deprived of their most valued comforts! I was
+thrown into great perplexity, could do nothing but murmur, why
+these things were done to such a family. I could not rest, but at
+midnight, whether spoken [or not] it was presented to my mind--
+"Those whom ye deplore are walking with me in white." I conclude
+from this the Lord saying to sweet Mrs. Stevenson: "I gave them to
+be brought up for me: well done, good and faithful! they are fully
+prepared, and now I must present them to my father and your father,
+to my God and your God."'
+
+It would be hard to lay on flattery with a more sure and daring
+hand. I quote it as a model of a letter of condolence; be sure it
+would console. Very different, perhaps quite as welcome, is this
+from a lighthouse inspector to my grandfather:
+
+'In reading your letter the trickling tear ran down ray cheeks in
+silent sorrow for your departed dear ones, my sweet little friends.
+Well do I remember, and you will call to mind, their little
+innocent and interesting stories. Often have they come round me
+and taken me by the hand, but alas! I am no more destined to
+behold them.'
+
+The child who is taken becomes canonised, and the looks of the
+homeliest babe seem in the retrospect 'heavenly the three last days
+of his life.' But it appears that James and Mary had indeed been
+children more than usually engaging; a record was preserved a long
+while in the family of their remarks and 'little innocent and
+interesting stories,' and the blow and the blank were the more
+sensible.
+
+Early the next month Robert Stevenson must proceed upon his voyage
+of inspection, part by land, part by sea. He left his wife plunged
+in low spirits; the thought of his loss, and still more of her
+concern, was continually present in his mind, and he draws in his
+letters home an interesting picture of his family relations:
+
+'Windygates Inn, Monday (Postmark July 16th)
+
+'MY DEAREST JEANNIE,--While the people of the inn are getting me a
+little bit of something to eat, I sit down to tell you that I had a
+most excellent passage across the water, and got to Wemyss at mid-
+day. I hope the children will be very good, and that Robert will
+take a course with you to learn his Latin lessons daily; he may,
+however, read English in company. Let them have strawberries on
+Saturdays.'
+
+'Westhaven, 17th July.
+
+'I have been occupied to-day at the harbour of Newport, opposite
+Dundee, and am this far on my way to Arbroath. You may tell the
+boys that I slept last night in Mr. Steadman's tent. I found my
+bed rather hard, but the lodgings were otherwise extremely
+comfortable. The encampment is on the Fife side of the Tay,
+immediately opposite to Dundee. From the door of the tent you
+command the most beautiful view of the Firth, both up and down, to
+a great extent. At night all was serene and still, the sky
+presented the most beautiful appearance of bright stars, and the
+morning was ushered in with the song of many little birds.'
+
+'Aberdeen, July 19th.
+
+'I hope, my dear, that you are going out of doors regularly and
+taking much exercise. I would have you to MAKE THE MARKETS DAILY--
+and by all means to take a seat in the coach once or twice in the
+week and see what is going on in town. [The family were at the
+sea-side.] It will be good not to be too great a stranger to the
+house. It will be rather painful at first, but as it is to be
+done, I would have you not to be too strange to the house in town.
+
+'Tell the boys that I fell in with a soldier--his name is
+Henderson--who was twelve years with Lord Wellington and other
+commanders. He returned very lately with only eightpence-halfpenny
+in his pocket, and found his father and mother both in life, though
+they had never heard from him, nor he from them. He carried my
+great-coat and umbrella a few miles.'
+
+'Fraserburgh, July 20th.
+
+'Fraserburgh is the same dull place which [Auntie] Mary and Jeannie
+found it. As I am travelling along the coast which they are
+acquainted with, you had better cause Robert bring down the map
+from Edinburgh; and it will be a good exercise in geography for the
+young folks to trace my course. I hope they have entered upon the
+writing. The library will afford abundance of excellent books,
+which I wish you would employ a little. I hope you are doing me
+the favour to go much out with the boys, which will do you much
+good and prevent them from getting so very much overheated.'
+
+[To the Boys--Printed.]
+
+'When I had last the pleasure of writing to you, your dear little
+brother James and your sweet little sister Mary were still with us.
+But it has pleased God to remove them to another and a better
+world, and we must submit to the will of Providence. I must,
+however, request of you to think sometimes upon them, and to be
+very careful not to do anything that will displease or vex your
+mother. It is therefore proper that you do not roamp [Scottish
+indeed] too much about, and that you learn your lessons.'
+
+'I went to Fraserburgh and visited Kinnaird Head Lighthouse, which
+I found in good order. All this time I travelled upon good roads,
+and paid many a toll-man by the way; but from Fraserburgh to Banff
+there is no toll-bars, and the road is so bad that I had to walk up
+and down many a hill, and for want of bridges the horses had to
+drag the chaise up to the middle of the wheels in water. At Banff
+I saw a large ship of 300 tons lying on the sands upon her beam-
+ends, and a wreck for want of a good harbour. Captain Wilson--to
+whom I beg my compliments--will show you a ship of 300 tons. At
+the towns of Macduff, Banff, and Portsoy, many of the houses are
+built of marble, and the rocks on this part of the coast or sea-
+side are marble. But, my dear Boys, unless marble be polished and
+dressed, it is a very coarse-looking stone, and has no more beauty
+than common rock. As a proof of this, ask the favour of your
+mother to take you to Thomson's Marble Works in South Leith, and
+you will see marble in all its stages, and perhaps you may there
+find Portsoy marble! The use I wish to make of this is to tell you
+that, without education, a man is just like a block of rough,
+unpolished marble. Notice, in proof of this, how much Mr. Neill
+and Mr. M'Gregor [the tutor] know, and observe how little a man
+knows who is not a good scholar. On my way to Fochabers I passed
+through many thousand acres of Fir timber, and saw many deer
+running in these woods.'
+
+[To Mrs. Stevenson.]
+
+'Inverness, July 21st.
+
+'I propose going to church in the afternoon, and as I have
+breakfasted late, I shall afterwards take a walk, and dine about
+six o'clock. I do not know who is the clergyman here, but I shall
+think of you all. I travelled in the mail-coach [from Banff]
+almost alone. While it was daylight I kept the top, and the
+passing along a country I had never before seen was a considerable
+amusement. But, my dear, you are all much in my thoughts, and many
+are the objects which recall the recollection of our tender and
+engaging children we have so recently lost. We must not, however,
+repine. I could not for a moment wish any change of circumstances
+in their case; and in every comparative view of their state, I see
+the Lord's goodness in removing them from an evil world to an abode
+of bliss; and I must earnestly hope that you may be enabled to take
+such a view of this affliction as to live in the happy prospect of
+our all meeting again to part no more--and that under such
+considerations you are getting up your spirits. I wish you would
+walk about, and by all means go to town, and do not sit much at
+home.'
+
+'Inverness, July 23rd.
+
+'I am duly favoured with your much-valued letter, and I am happy to
+find that you are so much with my mother, because that sort of
+variety has a tendency to occupy the mind, and to keep it from
+brooding too much upon one subject. Sensibility and tenderness are
+certainly two of the most interesting and pleasing qualities of the
+mind. These qualities are also none of the least of the many
+endearingments of the female character. But if that kind of
+sympathy and pleasing melancholy, which is familiar to us under
+distress, be much indulged, it becomes habitual, and takes such a
+hold of the mind as to absorb all the other affections, and unfit
+us for the duties and proper enjoyments of life. Resignation sinks
+into a kind of peevish discontent. I am far, however, from
+thinking there is the least danger of this in your case, my dear;
+for you have been on all occasions enabled to look upon the
+fortunes of this life as under the direction of a higher power, and
+have always preserved that propriety and consistency of conduct in
+all circumstances which endears your example to your family in
+particular, and to your friends. I am therefore, my dear, for you
+to go out much, and to go to the house up-stairs [he means to go
+up-stairs in the house, to visit the place of the dead children],
+and to put yourself in the way of the visits of your friends. I
+wish you would call on the Miss Grays, and it would be a good thing
+upon a Saturday to dine with my mother, and take Meggy and all the
+family with you, and let them have their strawberries in town. The
+tickets of one of the OLD-FASHIONED COACHES would take you all up,
+and if the evening were good, they could all walk down, excepting
+Meggy and little David.'
+
+'Inverness, July 25th, 11 p.m.
+
+'Captain Wemyss, of Wemyss, has come to Inverness to go the voyage
+with me, and as we are sleeping in a double-bedded room, I must no
+longer transgress. You must remember me the best way you can to
+the children.'
+
+'On board of the Lighthouse Yacht, July 29th.
+
+'I got to Cromarty yesterday about mid-day, and went to church. It
+happened to be the sacrament there, and I heard a Mr. Smith at that
+place conclude the service with a very suitable exhortation. There
+seemed a great concourse of people, but they had rather an
+unfortunate day for them at the tent, as it rained a good deal.
+After drinking tea at the inn, Captain Wemyss accompanied me on
+board, and we sailed about eight last night. The wind at present
+being rather a beating one, I think I shall have an opportunity of
+standing into the bay of Wick, and leaving this letter to let you
+know my progress and that I am well.'
+
+'Lighthouse Yacht, Stornoway, August 4th.
+
+'To-day we had prayers on deck as usual when at sea. I read the
+14th chapter, I think, of Job. Captain Wemyss has been in the
+habit of doing this on board his own ship, agreeably to the
+Articles of War. Our passage round the Cape [Cape Wrath] was
+rather a cross one, and as the wind was northerly, we had a pretty
+heavy sea, but upon the whole have made a good passage, leaving
+many vessels behind us in Orkney. I am quite well, my dear; and
+Captain Wemyss, who has much spirit, and who is much given to
+observation, and a perfect enthusiast in his profession, enlivens
+the voyage greatly. Let me entreat you to move about much, and
+take a walk with the boys to Leith. I think they have still many
+places to see there, and I wish you would indulge them in this
+respect. Mr. Scales is the best person I know for showing them the
+sailcloth-weaving, etc., and he would have great pleasure in
+undertaking this. My dear, I trust soon to be with you, and that
+through the goodness of God we shall meet all well.'
+
+'There are two vessels lying here with emigrants for America, each
+with eighty people on board, at all ages, from a few days to
+upwards of sixty! Their prospects must be very forlorn to go with
+a slender purse for distant and unknown countries.'
+
+'Lighthouse Yacht, off Greenock, Aug. 18th.
+
+'It was after CHURCH-TIME before we got here, but we had prayers
+upon deck on the way up the Clyde. This has, upon the whole, been
+a very good voyage, and Captain Wemyss, who enjoys it much, has
+been an excellent companion; we met with pleasure, and shall part
+with regret.'
+
+Strange that, after his long experience, my grandfather should have
+learned so little of the attitude and even the dialect of the
+spiritually-minded; that after forty-four years in a most religious
+circle, he could drop without sense of incongruity from a period of
+accepted phrases to 'trust his wife was GETTING UP HER SPIRITS,' or
+think to reassure her as to the character of Captain Wemyss by
+mentioning that he had read prayers on the deck of his frigate
+'AGREEABLY TO THE ARTICLES OF WAR'! Yet there is no doubt--and it
+is one of the most agreeable features of the kindly series--that he
+was doing his best to please, and there is little doubt that he
+succeeded. Almost all my grandfather's private letters have been
+destroyed. This correspondence has not only been preserved entire,
+but stitched up in the same covers with the works of the godly
+women, the Reverend John Campbell, and the painful Mrs. Ogle. I
+did not think to mention the good dame, but she comes in usefully
+as an example. Amongst the treasures of the ladies of my family,
+her letters have been honoured with a volume to themselves. I read
+about a half of them myself; then handed over the task to one of
+stauncher resolution, with orders to communicate any fact that
+should be found to illuminate these pages. Not one was found; it
+was her only art to communicate by post second-rate sermons at
+second-hand; and such, I take it, was the correspondence in which
+my grandmother delighted. If I am right, that of Robert Stevenson,
+with his quaint smack of the contemporary 'Sandford and Merton,'
+his interest in the whole page of experience, his perpetual quest,
+and fine scent of all that seems romantic to a boy, his needless
+pomp of language, his excellent good sense, his unfeigned,
+unstained, unwearied human kindliness, would seem to her, in a
+comparison, dry and trivial and worldly. And if these letters were
+by an exception cherished and preserved, it would be for one or
+both of two reasons--because they dealt with and were bitter-sweet
+reminders of a time of sorrow; or because she was pleased, perhaps
+touched, by the writer's guileless efforts to seem spiritually-
+minded.
+
+After this date there were two more births and two more deaths, so
+that the number of the family remained unchanged; in all five
+children survived to reach maturity and to outlive their parents.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II: THE SERVICE OF THE NORTHERN LIGHTS
+
+
+
+I
+
+It were hard to imagine a contrast more sharply defined than that
+between the lives of the men and women of this family: the one so
+chambered, so centred in the affections and the sensibilities; the
+other so active, healthy, and expeditious. From May to November,
+Thomas Smith and Robert Stevenson were on the mail, in the saddle,
+or at sea; and my grandfather, in particular, seems to have been
+possessed with a demon of activity in travel. In 1802, by
+direction of the Northern Lighthouse Board, he had visited the
+coast of England from St. Bees, in Cumberland, and round by the
+Scilly Islands to some place undecipherable by me; in all a
+distance of 2500 miles. In 1806 I find him starting 'on a tour
+round the south coast of England, from the Humber to the Severn.'
+Peace was not long declared ere he found means to visit Holland,
+where he was in time to see, in the navy-yard at Helvoetsluys,
+'about twenty of Bonaparte's ENGLISH FLOTILLA lying in a state of
+decay, the object of curiosity to Englishmen.' By 1834 he seems to
+have been acquainted with the coast of France from Dieppe to
+Bordeaux; and a main part of his duty as Engineer to the Board of
+Northern Lights was one round of dangerous and laborious travel.
+
+In 1786, when Thomas Smith first received the appointment, the
+extended and formidable coast of Scotland was lighted at a single
+point--the Isle of May, in the jaws of the Firth of Forth, where,
+on a tower already a hundred and fifty years old, an open coal-fire
+blazed in an iron chauffer. The whole archipelago, thus nightly
+plunged in darkness, was shunned by sea-going vessels, and the
+favourite courses were north about Shetland and west about St.
+Kilda. When the Board met, four new lights formed the extent of
+their intentions--Kinnaird Head, in Aberdeenshire, at the eastern
+elbow of the coast; North Ronaldsay, in Orkney, to keep the north
+and guide ships passing to the south'ard of Shetland; Island Glass,
+on Harris, to mark the inner shore of the Hebrides and illuminate
+the navigation of the Minch; and the Mull of Kintyre. These works
+were to be attempted against obstacles, material and financial,
+that might have staggered the most bold. Smith had no ship at his
+command till 1791; the roads in those outlandish quarters where his
+business lay were scarce passable when they existed, and the tower
+on the Mull of Kintyre stood eleven months unlighted while the
+apparatus toiled and foundered by the way among rocks and mosses.
+Not only had towers to be built and apparatus transplanted; the
+supply of oil must be maintained, and the men fed, in the same
+inaccessible and distant scenes; a whole service, with its routine
+and hierarchy, had to be called out of nothing; and a new trade
+(that of lightkeeper) to be taught, recruited, and organised. The
+funds of the Board were at the first laughably inadequate. They
+embarked on their career on a loan of twelve hundred pounds, and
+their income in 1789, after relief by a fresh Act of Parliament,
+amounted to less than three hundred. It must be supposed that the
+thoughts of Thomas Smith, in these early years, were sometimes
+coloured with despair; and since he built and lighted one tower
+after another, and created and bequeathed to his successors the
+elements of an excellent administration, it may be conceded that he
+was not after all an unfortunate choice for a first engineer.
+
+War added fresh complications. In 1794 Smith came 'very near to be
+taken' by a French squadron. In 1813 Robert Stevenson was cruising
+about the neighbourhood of Cape Wrath in the immediate fear of
+Commodore Rogers. The men, and especially the sailors, of the
+lighthouse service must be protected by a medal and ticket from the
+brutal activity of the press-gang. And the zeal of volunteer
+patriots was at times embarrassing.
+
+'I set off on foot,' writes my grandfather, 'for Marazion, a town
+at the head of Mount's Bay, where I was in hopes of getting a boat
+to freight. I had just got that length, and was making the
+necessary inquiry, when a young man, accompanied by several idle-
+looking fellows, came up to me, and in a hasty tone said, "Sir, in
+the king's name I seize your person and papers." To which I
+replied that I should be glad to see his authority, and know the
+reason of an address so abrupt. He told me the want of time
+prevented his taking regular steps, but that it would be necessary
+for me to return to Penzance, as I was suspected of being a French
+spy. I proposed to submit my papers to the nearest Justice of
+Peace, who was immediately applied to, and came to the inn where I
+was. He seemed to be greatly agitated, and quite at a loss how to
+proceed. The complaint preferred against me was "that I had
+examined the Longships Lighthouse with the most minute attention,
+and was no less particular in my inquiries at the keepers of the
+lighthouse regarding the sunk rocks lying off the Land's End, with
+the sets of the currents and tides along the coast: that I seemed
+particularly to regret the situation of the rocks called the Seven
+Stones, and the loss of a beacon which the Trinity Board had caused
+to be fixed on the Wolf Rock; that I had taken notes of the
+bearings of several sunk rocks, and a drawing of the lighthouse,
+and of Cape Cornwall. Further, that I had refused the honour of
+Lord Edgecombe's invitation to dinner, offering as an apology that
+I had some particular business on hand."'
+
+My grandfather produced in answer his credentials and letter of
+credit; but the justice, after perusing them, 'very gravely
+observed that they were "musty bits of paper,"' and proposed to
+maintain the arrest. Some more enlightened magistrates at Penzance
+relieved him of suspicion and left him at liberty to pursue his
+journey,--'which I did with so much eagerness,' he adds, 'that I
+gave the two coal lights on the Lizard only a very transient look.'
+
+Lighthouse operations in Scotland differed essentially in character
+from those in England. The English coast is in comparison a
+habitable, homely place, well supplied with towns; the Scottish
+presents hundreds of miles of savage islands and desolate moors.
+The Parliamentary committee of 1834, profoundly ignorant of this
+distinction, insisted with my grandfather that the work at the
+various stations should be let out on contract 'in the
+neighbourhood,' where sheep and deer, and gulls and cormorants, and
+a few ragged gillies, perhaps crouching in a bee-hive house, made
+up the only neighbours. In such situations repairs and
+improvements could only be overtaken by collecting (as my
+grandfather expressed it) a few 'lads,' placing them under charge
+of a foreman, and despatching them about the coast as occasion
+served. The particular danger of these seas increased the
+difficulty. The course of the lighthouse tender lies amid iron-
+bound coasts, among tide-races, the whirlpools of the Pentland
+Firth, flocks of islands, flocks of reefs, many of them uncharted.
+The aid of steam was not yet. At first in random coasting sloop,
+and afterwards in the cutter belonging to the service, the engineer
+must ply and run amongst these multiplied dangers, and sometimes
+late into the stormy autumn. For pages together my grandfather's
+diary preserves a record of these rude experiences; of hard winds
+and rough seas; and of 'the try-sail and storm-jib, those old
+friends which I never like to see.' They do not tempt to
+quotation, but it was the man's element, in which he lived, and
+delighted to live, and some specimen must be presented. On Friday,
+September 10th, 1830, the Regent lying in Lerwick Bay, we have this
+entry: 'The gale increases, with continued rain.' On the morrow,
+Saturday, 11th, the weather appeared to moderate, and they put to
+sea, only to be driven by evening into Levenswick. There they lay,
+'rolling much,' with both anchors ahead and the square yard on
+deck, till the morning of Saturday, 18th. Saturday and Sunday they
+were plying to the southward with a 'strong breeze and a heavy
+sea,' and on Sunday evening anchored in Otterswick. 'Monday, 20th,
+it blows so fresh that we have no communication with the shore. We
+see Mr. Rome on the beach, but we cannot communicate with him. It
+blows "mere fire," as the sailors express it.' And for three days
+more the diary goes on with tales of davits unshipped, high seas,
+strong gales from the southward, and the ship driven to refuge in
+Kirkwall or Deer Sound. I have many a passage before me to
+transcribe, in which my grandfather draws himself as a man of
+minute and anxious exactitude about details. It must not be
+forgotten that these voyages in the tender were the particular
+pleasure and reward of his existence; that he had in him a reserve
+of romance which carried him delightedly over these hardships and
+perils; that to him it was 'great gain' to be eight nights and
+seven days in the savage bay of Levenswick--to read a book in the
+much agitated cabin--to go on deck and hear the gale scream in his
+ears, and see the landscape dark with rain and the ship plunge at
+her two anchors--and to turn in at night and wake again at morning,
+in his narrow berth, to the glamorous and continued voices of the
+gale.
+
+His perils and escapes were beyond counting. I shall only refer to
+two: the first, because of the impression made upon himself; the
+second, from the incidental picture it presents of the north
+islanders. On the 9th October 1794 he took passage from Orkney in
+the sloop Elizabeth of Stromness. She made a fair passage till
+within view of Kinnaird Head, where, as she was becalmed some three
+miles in the offing, and wind seemed to threaten from the south-
+east, the captain landed him, to continue his journey more
+expeditiously ashore. A gale immediately followed, and the
+Elizabeth was driven back to Orkney and lost with all hands. The
+second escape I have been in the habit of hearing related by an
+eye-witness, my own father, from the earliest days of childhood.
+On a September night, the Regent lay in the Pentland Firth in a fog
+and a violent and windless swell. It was still dark, when they
+were alarmed by the sound of breakers, and an anchor was
+immediately let go. The peep of dawn discovered them swinging in
+desperate proximity to the Isle of Swona {54a} and the surf
+bursting close under their stern. There was in this place a hamlet
+of the inhabitants, fisher-folk and wreckers; their huts stood
+close about the head of the beach. All slept; the doors were
+closed, and there was no smoke, and the anxious watchers on board
+ship seemed to contemplate a village of the dead. It was thought
+possible to launch a boat and tow the Regent from her place of
+danger; and with this view a signal of distress was made and a gun
+fired with a red-hot poker from the galley. Its detonation awoke
+the sleepers. Door after door was opened, and in the grey light of
+the morning fisher after fisher was seen to come forth, yawning and
+stretching himself, nightcap on head. Fisher after fisher, I
+wrote, and my pen tripped; for it should rather stand wrecker after
+wrecker. There was no emotion, no animation, it scarce seemed any
+interest; not a hand was raised; but all callously awaited the
+harvest of the sea, and their children stood by their side and
+waited also. To the end of his life, my father remembered that
+amphitheatre of placid spectators on the beach; and with a special
+and natural animosity, the boys of his own age. But presently a
+light air sprang up, and filled the sails, and fainted, and filled
+them again; and little by little the Regent fetched way against the
+swell, and clawed off shore into the turbulent firth.
+
+The purpose of these voyages was to effect a landing on open
+beaches or among shelving rocks, not for persons only, but for
+coals and food, and the fragile furniture of light-rooms. It was
+often impossible. In 1831 I find my grandfather 'hovering for a
+week' about the Pentland Skerries for a chance to land; and it was
+almost always difficult. Much knack and enterprise were early
+developed among the seamen of the service; their management of
+boats is to this day a matter of admiration; and I find my
+grandfather in his diary depicting the nature of their excellence
+in one happily descriptive phrase, when he remarks that Captain
+Soutar had landed 'the small stores and nine casks of oil WITH ALL
+THE ACTIVITY OF A SMUGGLER.' And it was one thing to land, another
+to get on board again. I have here a passage from the diary, where
+it seems to have been touch-and-go. 'I landed at Tarbetness, on
+the eastern side of the point, in a MERE GALE OR BLAST OF WIND from
+west-south-west, at 2 p.m. It blew so fresh that the captain, in a
+kind of despair, went off to the ship, leaving myself and the
+steward ashore. While I was in the light-room, I felt it shaking
+and waving, not with the tremor of the Bell Rock, but with the
+WAVING OF A TREE! This the light-keepers seemed to be quite
+familiar to, the principal keeper remarking that "it was very
+pleasant," perhaps meaning interesting or curious. The captain
+worked the vessel into smooth water with admirable dexterity, and I
+got on board again about 6 p.m. from the other side of the point.'
+But not even the dexterity of Soutar could prevail always; and my
+grandfather must at times have been left in strange berths and with
+but rude provision. I may instance the case of my father, who was
+storm-bound three days upon an islet, sleeping in the uncemented
+and unchimneyed houses of the islanders, and subsisting on a diet
+of nettle-soup and lobsters.
+
+The name of Soutar has twice escaped my pen, and I feel I owe him a
+vignette. Soutar first attracted notice as mate of a praam at the
+Bell Rock, and rose gradually to be captain of the Regent. He was
+active, admirably skilled in his trade, and a man incapable of
+fear. Once, in London, he fell among a gang of confidence-men,
+naturally deceived by his rusticity and his prodigious accent.
+They plied him with drink--a hopeless enterprise, for Soutar could
+not be made drunk; they proposed cards, and Soutar would not play.
+At last, one of them, regarding him with a formidable countenance,
+inquired if he were not frightened? 'I'm no' very easy fleyed,'
+replied the captain. And the rooks withdrew after some easier
+pigeon. So many perils shared, and the partial familiarity of so
+many voyages, had given this man a stronghold in my grandfather's
+estimation; and there is no doubt but he had the art to court and
+please him with much hypocritical skill. He usually dined on
+Sundays in the cabin. He used to come down daily after dinner for
+a glass of port or whisky, often in his full rig of sou'-wester,
+oilskins, and long boots; and I have often heard it described how
+insinuatingly he carried himself on these appearances, artfully
+combining the extreme of deference with a blunt and seamanlike
+demeanour. My father and uncles, with the devilish penetration of
+the boy, were far from being deceived; and my father, indeed, was
+favoured with an object-lesson not to be mistaken. He had crept
+one rainy night into an apple-barrel on deck, and from this place
+of ambush overheard Soutar and a comrade conversing in their
+oilskins. The smooth sycophant of the cabin had wholly
+disappeared, and the boy listened with wonder to a vulgar and
+truculent ruffian. Of Soutar, I may say tantum vidi, having met
+him in the Leith docks now more than thirty years ago, when he
+abounded in the praises of my grandfather, encouraged me (in the
+most admirable manner) to pursue his footprints, and left impressed
+for ever on my memory the image of his own Bardolphian nose. He
+died not long after.
+
+The engineer was not only exposed to the hazards of the sea; he
+must often ford his way by land to remote and scarce accessible
+places, beyond reach of the mail or the post-chaise, beyond even
+the tracery of the bridle-path, and guided by natives across bog
+and heather. Up to 1807 my grand-father seems to have travelled
+much on horseback; but he then gave up the idea--'such,' he writes
+with characteristic emphasis and capital letters, 'is the Plague of
+Baiting.' He was a good pedestrian; at the age of fifty-eight I
+find him covering seventeen miles over the moors of the Mackay
+country in less than seven hours, and that is not bad travelling
+for a scramble. The piece of country traversed was already a
+familiar track, being that between Loch Eriboll and Cape Wrath; and
+I think I can scarce do better than reproduce from the diary some
+traits of his first visit. The tender lay in Loch Eriboll; by five
+in the morning they sat down to breakfast on board; by six they
+were ashore--my grandfather, Mr. Slight an assistant, and Soutar of
+the jolly nose, and had been taken in charge by two young gentlemen
+of the neighbourhood and a pair of gillies. About noon they
+reached the Kyle of Durness and passed the ferry. By half-past
+three they were at Cape Wrath--not yet known by the emphatic
+abbreviation of 'The Cape'--and beheld upon all sides of them
+unfrequented shores, an expanse of desert moor, and the high-piled
+Western Ocean. The site of the tower was chosen. Perhaps it is by
+inheritance of blood, but I know few things more inspiriting than
+this location of a lighthouse in a designated space of heather and
+air, through which the sea-birds are still flying. By 9 p.m. the
+return journey had brought them again to the shores of the Kyle.
+The night was dirty, and as the sea was high and the ferry-boat
+small, Soutar and Mr. Stevenson were left on the far side, while
+the rest of the party embarked and were received into the darkness.
+They made, in fact, a safe though an alarming passage; but the
+ferryman refused to repeat the adventure; and my grand-father and
+the captain long paced the beach, impatient for their turn to pass,
+and tormented with rising anxiety as to the fate of their
+companions. At length they sought the shelter of a shepherd's
+house. 'We had miserable up-putting,' the diary continues, 'and on
+both sides of the ferry much anxiety of mind. Our beds were clean
+straw, and but for the circumstance of the boat, I should have
+slept as soundly as ever I did after a walk through moss and mire
+of sixteen hours.'
+
+To go round the lights, even to-day, is to visit past centuries.
+The tide of tourists that flows yearly in Scotland, vulgarising all
+where it approaches, is still defined by certain barriers. It will
+be long ere there is a hotel at Sumburgh or a hydropathic at Cape
+Wrath; it will be long ere any char-a-banc, laden with tourists,
+shall drive up to Barra Head or Monach, the Island of the Monks.
+They are farther from London than St. Petersburg, and except for
+the towers, sounding and shining all night with fog-bells and the
+radiance of the light-room, glittering by day with the trivial
+brightness of white paint, these island and moorland stations seem
+inaccessible to the civilisation of to-day, and even to the end of
+my grandfather's career the isolation was far greater. There ran
+no post at all in the Long Island; from the light-house on Barra
+Head a boat must be sent for letters as far as Tobermory, between
+sixty and seventy miles of open sea; and the posts of Shetland,
+which had surprised Sir Walter Scott in 1814, were still unimproved
+in 1833, when my grandfather reported on the subject. The group
+contained at the time a population of 30,000 souls, and enjoyed a
+trade which had increased in twenty years seven-fold, to between
+three and four thousand tons. Yet the mails were despatched and
+received by chance coasting vessels at the rate of a penny a
+letter; six and eight weeks often elapsed between opportunities,
+and when a mail was to be made up, sometimes at a moment's notice,
+the bellman was sent hastily through the streets of Lerwick.
+Between Shetland and Orkney, only seventy miles apart, there was
+'no trade communication whatever.'
+
+Such was the state of affairs, only sixty years ago, with the three
+largest clusters of the Scottish Archipelago; and forty-seven years
+earlier, when Thomas Smith began his rounds, or forty-two, when
+Robert Stevenson became conjoined with him in these excursions, the
+barbarism was deep, the people sunk in superstition, the
+circumstances of their life perhaps unique in history. Lerwick and
+Kirkwall, like Guam or the Bay of Islands, were but barbarous ports
+where whalers called to take up and to return experienced seamen.
+On the outlying islands the clergy lived isolated, thinking other
+thoughts, dwelling in a different country from their parishioners,
+like missionaries in the South Seas. My grandfather's unrivalled
+treasury of anecdote was never written down; it embellished his
+talk while he yet was, and died with him when he died; and such as
+have been preserved relate principally to the islands of Ronaldsay
+and Sanday, two of the Orkney group. These bordered on one of the
+water-highways of civilisation; a great fleet passed annually in
+their view, and of the shipwrecks of the world they were the scene
+and cause of a proportion wholly incommensurable to their size. In
+one year, 1798, my grandfather found the remains of no fewer than
+five vessels on the isle of Sanday, which is scarcely twelve miles
+long.
+
+'Hardly a year passed,' he writes, 'without instances of this kind;
+for, owing to the projecting points of this strangely formed
+island, the lowness and whiteness of its eastern shores, and the
+wonderful manner in which the scanty patches of land are
+intersected with lakes and pools of water, it becomes, even in
+daylight, a deception, and has often been fatally mistaken for an
+open sea. It had even become proverbial with some of the
+inhabitants to observe that "if wrecks were to happen, they might
+as well be sent to the poor isle of Sanday as anywhere else." On
+this and the neighbouring islands the inhabitants had certainly had
+their share of wrecked goods, for the eye is presented with these
+melancholy remains in almost every form. For example, although
+quarries are to be met with generally in these islands, and the
+stones are very suitable for building dykes (Anglice, walls), yet
+instances occur of the land being enclosed, even to a considerable
+extent, with ship-timbers. The author has actually seen a park
+(Anglice, meadow) paled round chiefly with cedar-wood and mahogany
+from the wreck of a Honduras-built ship; and in one island, after
+the wreck of a ship laden with wine, the inhabitants have been
+known to take claret to their barley-meal porridge. On complaining
+to one of the pilots of the badness of his boat's sails, he replied
+to the author with some degree of pleasantry, "Had it been His will
+that you came na' here wi' your lights, we might 'a' had better
+sails to our boats, and more o' other things." It may further be
+mentioned that when some of Lord Dundas's farms are to be let in
+these islands a competition takes place for the lease, and it is
+bona fide understood that a much higher rent is paid than the lands
+would otherwise give were it not for the chance of making
+considerably by the agency and advantages attending shipwrecks on
+the shores of the respective farms.'
+
+The people of North Ronaldsay still spoke Norse, or, rather, mixed
+it with their English. The walls of their huts were built to a
+great thickness of rounded stones from the sea-beach; the roof
+flagged, loaded with earth, and perforated by a single hole for the
+escape of smoke. The grass grew beautifully green on the flat
+house-top, where the family would assemble with their dogs and
+cats, as on a pastoral lawn; there were no windows, and in my
+grandfather's expression, 'there was really no demonstration of a
+house unless it were the diminutive door.' He once landed on
+Ronaldsay with two friends. The inhabitants crowded and pressed so
+much upon the strangers that the bailiff, or resident factor of the
+island, blew with his ox-horn, calling out to the natives to stand
+off and let the gentlemen come forward to the laird; upon which one
+of the islanders, as spokesman, called out, "God ha'e us, man! thou
+needsna mak' sic a noise. It's no' every day we ha'e THREE HATTED
+MEN on our isle."' When the Surveyor of Taxes came (for the first
+time, perhaps) to Sanday, and began in the King's name to complain
+of the unconscionable swarms of dogs, and to menace the inhabitants
+with taxation, it chanced that my grandfather and his friend, Dr.
+Patrick Neill, were received by an old lady in a Ronaldsay hut.
+Her hut, which was similar to the model described, stood on a Ness,
+or point of land jutting into the sea. They were made welcome in
+the firelit cellar, placed 'in casey or straw-worked chairs, after
+the Norwegian fashion, with arms, and a canopy overhead,' and given
+milk in a wooden dish. These hospitalities attended to, the old
+lady turned at once to Dr. Neill, whom she took for the Surveyor of
+Taxes. 'Sir,' said she, 'gin ye'll tell the King that I canna keep
+the Ness free o' the Bangers (sheep) without twa hun's, and twa
+guid hun's too, he'll pass me threa the tax on dugs.'
+
+This familiar confidence, these traits of engaging simplicity, are
+characters of a secluded people. Mankind--and, above all,
+islanders--come very swiftly to a bearing, and find very readily,
+upon one convention or another, a tolerable corporate life. The
+danger is to those from without, who have not grown up from
+childhood in the islands, but appear suddenly in that narrow
+horizon, life-sized apparitions. For these no bond of humanity
+exists, no feeling of kinship is awakened by their peril; they will
+assist at a shipwreck, like the fisher-folk of Lunga, as
+spectators, and when the fatal scene is over, and the beach strewn
+with dead bodies, they will fence their fields with mahogany, and,
+after a decent grace, sup claret to their porridge. It is not
+wickedness: it is scarce evil; it is only, in its highest power,
+the sense of isolation and the wise disinterestedness of feeble and
+poor races. Think how many viking ships had sailed by these
+islands in the past, how many vikings had landed, and raised
+turmoil, and broken up the barrows of the dead, and carried off the
+wines of the living; and blame them, if you are able, for that
+belief (which may be called one of the parables of the devil's
+gospel) that a man rescued from the sea will prove the bane of his
+deliverer. It might be thought that my grandfather, coming there
+unknown, and upon an employment so hateful to the inhabitants, must
+have run the hazard of his life. But this were to misunderstand.
+He came franked by the laird and the clergyman; he was the King's
+officer; the work was 'opened with prayer by the Rev. Walter Trail,
+minister of the parish'; God and the King had decided it, and the
+people of these pious islands bowed their heads. There landed,
+indeed, in North Ronaldsay, during the last decade of the
+eighteenth century, a traveller whose life seems really to have
+been imperilled. A very little man of a swarthy complexion, he
+came ashore, exhausted and unshaved, from a long boat passage, and
+lay down to sleep in the home of the parish schoolmaster. But he
+had been seen landing. The inhabitants had identified him for a
+Pict, as, by some singular confusion of name, they called the dark
+and dwarfish aboriginal people of the land. Immediately the
+obscure ferment of a race-hatred, grown into a superstition, began
+to work in their bosoms, and they crowded about the house and the
+room-door with fearful whisperings. For some time the schoolmaster
+held them at bay, and at last despatched a messenger to call my
+grand-father. He came: he found the islanders beside themselves
+at this unwelcome resurrection of the dead and the detested; he was
+shown, as adminicular of testimony, the traveller's uncouth and
+thick-soled boots; he argued, and finding argument unavailing,
+consented to enter the room and examine with his own eyes the
+sleeping Pict. One glance was sufficient: the man was now a
+missionary, but he had been before that an Edinburgh shopkeeper
+with whom my grandfather had dealt. He came forth again with this
+report, and the folk of the island, wholly relieved, dispersed to
+their own houses. They were timid as sheep and ignorant as
+limpets; that was all. But the Lord deliver us from the tender
+mercies of a frightened flock!
+
+I will give two more instances of their superstition. When Sir
+Walter Scott visited the Stones of Stennis, my grandfather put in
+his pocket a hundred-foot line, which he unfortunately lost.
+
+'Some years afterwards,' he writes, 'one of my assistants on a
+visit to the Stones of Stennis took shelter from a storm in a
+cottage close by the lake; and seeing a box-measuring-line in the
+bole or sole of the cottage window, he asked the woman where she
+got this well-known professional appendage. She said: "O sir, ane
+of the bairns fand it lang syne at the Stanes; and when drawing it
+out we took fright, and thinking it had belanged to the fairies, we
+threw it into the bole, and it has layen there ever since."'
+
+This is for the one; the last shall be a sketch by the master hand
+of Scott himself:
+
+'At the village of Stromness, on the Orkney main island, called
+Pomona, lived, in 1814, an aged dame called Bessie Millie, who
+helped out her subsistence by selling favourable winds to mariners.
+He was a venturous master of a vessel who left the roadstead of
+Stromness without paying his offering to propitiate Bessie Millie!
+Her fee was extremely moderate, being exactly sixpence, for which
+she boiled her kettle and gave the bark the advantage of her
+prayers, for she disclaimed all unlawful acts. The wind thus
+petitioned for was sure, she said, to arrive, though occasionally
+the mariners had to wait some time for it. The woman's dwelling
+and appearance were not unbecoming her pretensions. Her house,
+which was on the brow of the steep hill on which Stromness is
+founded, was only accessible by a series of dirty and precipitous
+lanes, and for exposure might have been the abode of Eolus himself,
+in whose commodities the inhabitant dealt. She herself was, as she
+told us, nearly one hundred years old, withered and dried up like a
+mummy. A clay-coloured kerchief, folded round her neck,
+corresponded in colour to her corpse-like complexion. Two light
+blue eyes that gleamed with a lustre like that of insanity, an
+utterance of astonishing rapidity, a nose and chin that almost met
+together, and a ghastly expression of cunning, gave her the effect
+of Hecate. Such was Bessie Millie, to whom the mariners paid a
+sort of tribute with a feeling between jest and earnest.'
+
+
+II
+
+
+From about the beginning of the century up to 1807 Robert Stevenson
+was in partnership with Thomas Smith. In the last-named year the
+partnership was dissolved; Thomas Smith returning to his business,
+and my grandfather becoming sole engineer to the Board of Northern
+Lights.
+
+I must try, by excerpts from his diary and correspondence, to
+convey to the reader some idea of the ardency and thoroughness with
+which he threw himself into the largest and least of his
+multifarious engagements in this service. But first I must say a
+word or two upon the life of lightkeepers, and the temptations to
+which they are more particularly exposed. The lightkeeper occupies
+a position apart among men. In sea-towers the complement has
+always been three since the deplorable business in the Eddystone,
+when one keeper died, and the survivor, signalling in vain for
+relief, was compelled to live for days with the dead body. These
+usually pass their time by the pleasant human expedient of
+quarrelling; and sometimes, I am assured, not one of the three is
+on speaking terms with any other. On shore stations, which on the
+Scottish coast are sometimes hardly less isolated, the usual number
+is two, a principal and an assistant. The principal is
+dissatisfied with the assistant, or perhaps the assistant keeps
+pigeons, and the principal wants the water from the roof. Their
+wives and families are with them, living cheek by jowl. The
+children quarrel; Jockie hits Jimsie in the eye, and the mothers
+make haste to mingle in the dissension. Perhaps there is trouble
+about a broken dish; perhaps Mrs. Assistant is more highly born
+than Mrs. Principal and gives herself airs; and the men are drawn
+in and the servants presently follow. 'Church privileges have been
+denied the keeper's and the assistant's servants,' I read in one
+case, and the eminently Scots periphrasis means neither more nor
+less than excommunication, 'on account of the discordant and
+quarrelsome state of the families. The cause, when inquired into,
+proves to be tittle-tattle on both sides.' The tender comes round;
+the foremen and artificers go from station to station; the gossip
+flies through the whole system of the service, and the stories,
+disfigured and exaggerated, return to their own birthplace with the
+returning tender. The English Board was apparently shocked by the
+picture of these dissensions. 'When the Trinity House can,' I find
+my grandfather writing at Beachy Head, in 1834, 'they do not
+appoint two keepers, they disagree so ill. A man who has a family
+is assisted by his family; and in this way, to my experience and
+present observation, the business is very much neglected. One
+keeper is, in my view, a bad system. This day's visit to an
+English lighthouse convinces me of this, as the lightkeeper was
+walking on a staff with the gout, and the business performed by one
+of his daughters, a girl of thirteen or fourteen years of age.'
+This man received a hundred a year! It shows a different reading
+of human nature, perhaps typical of Scotland and England, that I
+find in my grandfather's diary the following pregnant entry: 'THE
+LIGHTKEEPERS, AGREEING ILL, KEEP ONE ANOTHER TO THEIR DUTY.' But
+the Scottish system was not alone founded on this cynical opinion.
+The dignity and the comfort of the northern lightkeeper were both
+attended to. He had a uniform to 'raise him in his own estimation,
+and in that of his neighbour, which is of consequence to a person
+of trust. The keepers,' my grandfather goes on, in another place,
+'are attended to in all the detail of accommodation in the best
+style as shipmasters; and this is believed to have a sensible
+effect upon their conduct, and to regulate their general habits as
+members of society.' He notes, with the same dip of ink, that 'the
+brasses were not clean, and the persons of the keepers not TRIG';
+and thus we find him writing to a culprit: 'I have to complain
+that you are not cleanly in your person, and that your manner of
+speech is ungentle, and rather inclines to rudeness. You must
+therefore take a different view of your duties as a lightkeeper.'
+A high ideal for the service appears in these expressions, and will
+be more amply illustrated further on. But even the Scottish
+lightkeeper was frail. During the unbroken solitude of the winter
+months, when inspection is scarce possible, it must seem a vain
+toil to polish the brass hand-rail of the stair, or to keep an
+unrewarded vigil in the light-room; and the keepers are habitually
+tempted to the beginnings of sloth, and must unremittingly resist.
+He who temporises with his conscience is already lost. I must tell
+here an anecdote that illustrates the difficulties of inspection.
+In the days of my uncle David and my father there was a station
+which they regarded with jealousy. The two engineers compared
+notes and were agreed. The tower was always clean, but seemed
+always to bear traces of a hasty cleansing, as though the keepers
+had been suddenly forewarned. On inquiry, it proved that such was
+the case, and that a wandering fiddler was the unfailing harbinger
+of the engineer. At last my father was storm-stayed one Sunday in
+a port at the other side of the island. The visit was quite
+overdue, and as he walked across upon the Monday morning he
+promised himself that he should at last take the keepers
+unprepared. They were both waiting for him in uniform at the gate;
+the fiddler had been there on Saturday!
+
+My grandfather, as will appear from the following extracts, was
+much a martinet, and had a habit of expressing himself on paper
+with an almost startling emphasis. Personally, with his powerful
+voice, sanguine countenance, and eccentric and original locutions,
+he was well qualified to inspire a salutary terror in the service.
+
+'I find that the keepers have, by some means or another, got into
+the way of cleaning too much with rotten-stone and oil. I take the
+principal keeper to TASK on this subject, and make him bring a
+clean towel and clean one of the brazen frames, which leaves the
+towel in an odious state. This towel I put up in a sheet of paper,
+seal, and take with me to confront Mr. Murdoch, who has just left
+the station.' 'This letter'--a stern enumeration of complaints--
+'to lie a week on the light-room book-place, and to be put in the
+Inspector's hands when he comes round.' 'It is the most painful
+thing that can occur for me to have a correspondence of this kind
+with any of the keepers; and when I come to the Lighthouse, instead
+of having the satisfaction to meet them with approbation, it is
+distressing when one is obliged to put on a most angry countenance
+and demeanour; but from such culpable negligence as you have shown
+there is no avoiding it. I hold it as a fixed maxim that, when a
+man or a family put on a slovenly appearance in their houses,
+stairs, and lanterns, I always find their reflectors, burners,
+windows, and light in general, ill attended to; and, therefore, I
+must insist on cleanliness throughout.' 'I find you very deficient
+in the duty of the high tower. You thus place your appointment as
+Principal Keeper in jeopardy; and I think it necessary, as an old
+servant of the Board, to put you upon your guard once for all at
+this time. I call upon you to recollect what was formerly and is
+now said to you. The state of the backs of the reflectors at the
+high tower was disgraceful, as I pointed out to you on the spot.
+They were as if spitten upon, and greasy finger-marks upon the back
+straps. I demand an explanation of this state of things.' 'The
+cause of the Commissioners dismissing you is expressed in the
+minute; and it must be a matter of regret to you that you have been
+so much engaged in smuggling, and also that the Reports relative to
+the cleanliness of the Lighthouse, upon being referred to, rather
+added to their unfavourable opinion.' 'I do not go into the
+dwelling-house, but severely chide the lightkeepers for the
+disagreement that seems to subsist among them.' 'The families of
+the two lightkeepers here agree very ill. I have effected a
+reconciliation for the present.' 'Things are in a very HUMDRUM
+state here. There is no painting, and in and out of doors no taste
+or tidiness displayed. Robert's wife GREETS and M'Gregor's scolds;
+and Robert is so down-hearted that he says he is unfit for duty. I
+told him that if he was to mind wives' quarrels, and to take them
+up, the only way was for him and M'Gregor to go down to the point
+like Sir G. Grant and Lord Somerset.' 'I cannot say that I have
+experienced a more unpleasant meeting than that of the lighthouse
+folks this morning, or ever saw a stronger example of unfeeling
+barbarity than the conduct which the ---s exhibited. These two
+cold-hearted persons, not contented with having driven the daughter
+of the poor nervous woman from her father's house, BOTH kept
+POUNCING at her, lest she should forget her great misfortune.
+Write me of their conduct. Do not make any communication of the
+state of these families at Kinnaird Head, as this would be like
+TALE-BEARING.'
+
+There is the great word out. Tales and Tale-bearing, always with
+the emphatic capitals, run continually in his correspondence. I
+will give but two instances:-
+
+'Write to David [one of the lightkeepers] and caution him to be
+more prudent how he expresses himself. Let him attend his duty to
+the Lighthouse and his family concerns, and give less heed to Tale-
+bearers.' 'I have not your last letter at hand to quote its date;
+but, if I recollect, it contains some kind of tales, which nonsense
+I wish you would lay aside, and notice only the concerns of your
+family and the important charge committed to you.'
+
+Apparently, however, my grandfather was not himself inaccessible to
+the Tale-bearer, as the following indicates:
+
+'In walking along with Mr. --- , I explain to him that I should be
+under the necessity of looking more closely into the business here
+from his conduct at Buddonness, which had given an instance of
+weakness in the Moral principle which had staggered my opinion of
+him. His answer was, "That will be with regard to the lass?" I
+told him I was to enter no farther with him upon the subject.'
+'Mr. Miller appears to be master and man. I am sorry about this
+foolish fellow. Had I known his train, I should not, as I did,
+have rather forced him into the service. Upon finding the windows
+in the state they were, I turned upon Mr. Watt, and especially upon
+Mr. Stewart. The latter did not appear for a length of time to
+have visited the light-room. On asking the cause--did Mr. Watt and
+him (sic) disagree; he said no; but he had got very bad usage from
+the assistant, "who was a very obstreperous man." I could not
+bring Mr. Watt to put in language his objections to Miller; all I
+could get was that, he being your friend, and saying he was unwell,
+he did not like to complain or to push the man; that the man seemed
+to have no liking to anything like work; that he was unruly; that,
+being an educated man, he despised them. I was, however,
+determined to have out of these UNWILLING witnesses the language
+alluded to. I fixed upon Mr. Stewart as chief; he hedged. My
+curiosity increased, and I urged. Then he said, "What would I
+think, just exactly, of Mr. Watt being called an Old B-?" You may
+judge of my surprise. There was not another word uttered. This
+was quite enough, as coming from a person I should have calculated
+upon quite different behaviour from. It spoke a volume of the
+man's mind and want of principle.' 'Object to the keeper keeping a
+Bull-Terrier dog of ferocious appearance. It is dangerous, as we
+land at all times of the night.' 'Have only to complain of the
+storehouse floor being spotted with oil. Give orders for this
+being instantly rectified, so that on my return to-morrow I may see
+things in good order.' 'The furniture of both houses wants much
+rubbing. Mrs. -'s carpets are absurd beyond anything I have seen.
+I want her to turn the fenders up with the bottom to the fireplace:
+the carpets, when not likely to be in use, folded up and laid as a
+hearthrug partly under the fender.'
+
+My grandfather was king in the service to his finger-tips. All
+should go in his way, from the principal lightkeeper's coat to the
+assistant's fender, from the gravel in the garden-walks to the bad
+smell in the kitchen, or the oil-spots on the store-room floor. It
+might be thought there was nothing more calculated to awake men's
+resentment, and yet his rule was not more thorough than it was
+beneficent. His thought for the keepers was continual, and it did
+not end with their lives. He tried to manage their successions; he
+thought no pains too great to arrange between a widow and a son who
+had succeeded his father; he was often harassed and perplexed by
+tales of hardship; and I find him writing, almost in despair, of
+their improvident habits and the destitution that awaited their
+families upon a death. 'The house being completely furnished, they
+come into possession without necessaries, and they go out NAKED.
+The insurance seems to have failed, and what next is to be tried?'
+While they lived he wrote behind their backs to arrange for the
+education of their children, or to get them other situations if
+they seemed unsuitable for the Northern Lights. When he was at a
+lighthouse on a Sunday he held prayers and heard the children read.
+When a keeper was sick, he lent him his horse and sent him mutton
+and brandy from the ship. 'The assistant's wife having been this
+morning confined, there was sent ashore a bottle of sherry and a
+few rusks--a practice which I have always observed in this
+service,' he writes. They dwelt, many of them, in uninhabited
+isles or desert forelands, totally cut off from shops. Many of
+them were, besides, fallen into a rustic dishabitude of life, so
+that even when they visited a city they could scarce be trusted
+with their own affairs, as (for example) he who carried home to his
+children, thinking they were oranges, a bag of lemons. And my
+grandfather seems to have acted, at least in his early years, as a
+kind of gratuitous agent for the service. Thus I find him writing
+to a keeper in 1806, when his mind was already preoccupied with
+arrangements for the Bell Rock: 'I am much afraid I stand very
+unfavourably with you as a man of promise, as I was to send several
+things of which I believe I have more than once got the memorandum.
+All I can say is that in this respect you are not singular. This
+makes me no better; but really I have been driven about beyond all
+example in my past experience, and have been essentially obliged to
+neglect my own urgent affairs.' No servant of the Northern Lights
+came to Edinburgh but he was entertained at Baxter's Place to
+breakfast. There, at his own table, my grandfather sat down
+delightedly with his broad-spoken, homespun officers. His whole
+relation to the service was, in fact, patriarchal; and I believe I
+may say that throughout its ranks he was adored. I have spoken
+with many who knew him; I was his grandson, and their words may
+have very well been words of flattery; but there was one thing that
+could not be affected, and that was the look and light that came
+into their faces at the name of Robert Stevenson.
+
+In the early part of the century the foreman builder was a young
+man of the name of George Peebles, a native of Anstruther. My
+grandfather had placed in him a very high degree of confidence, and
+he was already designated to be foreman at the Bell Rock, when, on
+Christmas-day 1806, on his way home from Orkney, he was lost in the
+schooner Traveller. The tale of the loss of the Traveller is
+almost a replica of that of the Elizabeth of Stromness; like the
+Elizabeth she came as far as Kinnaird Head, was then surprised by a
+storm, driven back to Orkney, and bilged and sank on the island of
+Flotta. It seems it was about the dusk of the day when the ship
+struck, and many of the crew and passengers were drowned. About
+the same hour, my grandfather was in his office at the writing-
+table; and the room beginning to darken, he laid down his pen and
+fell asleep. In a dream he saw the door open and George Peebles
+come in, 'reeling to and fro, and staggering like a drunken man,'
+with water streaming from his head and body to the floor. There it
+gathered into a wave which, sweeping forward, submerged my
+grandfather. Well, no matter how deep; versions vary; and at last
+he awoke, and behold it was a dream! But it may be conceived how
+profoundly the impression was written even on the mind of a man
+averse from such ideas, when the news came of the wreck on Flotta
+and the death of George.
+
+George's vouchers and accounts had perished with himself; and it
+appeared he was in debt to the Commissioners. But my grandfather
+wrote to Orkney twice, collected evidence of his disbursements, and
+proved him to be seventy pounds ahead. With this sum, he applied
+to George's brothers, and had it apportioned between their mother
+and themselves. He approached the Board and got an annuity of 5
+pounds bestowed on the widow Peebles; and we find him writing her a
+long letter of explanation and advice, and pressing on her the duty
+of making a will. That he should thus act executor was no singular
+instance. But besides this we are able to assist at some of the
+stages of a rather touching experiment; no less than an attempt to
+secure Charles Peebles heir to George's favour. He is despatched,
+under the character of 'a fine young man'; recommended to gentlemen
+for 'advice, as he's a stranger in your place, and indeed to this
+kind of charge, this being his first outset as Foreman'; and for a
+long while after, the letter-book, in the midst of that thrilling
+first year of the Bell Rock, is encumbered with pages of
+instruction and encouragement. The nature of a bill, and the
+precautions that are to be observed about discounting it, are
+expounded at length and with clearness. 'You are not, I hope,
+neglecting, Charles, to work the harbour at spring-tides; and see
+that you pay the greatest attention to get the well so as to supply
+the keeper with water, for he is a very helpless fellow, and so
+unfond of hard work that I fear he could do ill to keep himself in
+water by going to the other side for it.'--'With regard to spirits,
+Charles, I see very little occasion for it.' These abrupt
+apostrophes sound to me like the voice of an awakened conscience;
+but they would seem to have reverberated in vain in the ears of
+Charles. There was trouble in Pladda, his scene of operations; his
+men ran away from him, there was at least a talk of calling in the
+Sheriff. 'I fear,' writes my grandfather, 'you have been too
+indulgent, and I am sorry to add that men do not answer to be too
+well treated, a circumstance which I have experienced, and which
+you will learn as you go on in business.' I wonder, was not
+Charles Peebles himself a case in point? Either death, at least,
+or disappointment and discharge, must have ended his service in the
+Northern Lights; and in later correspondence I look in vain for any
+mention of his name--Charles, I mean, not Peebles: for as late as
+1839 my grandfather is patiently writing to another of the family:
+'I am sorry you took the trouble of applying to me about your son,
+as it lies quite out of my way to forward his views in the line of
+his profession as a Draper.'
+
+
+III
+
+
+A professional life of Robert Stevenson has been already given to
+the world by his son David, and to that I would refer those
+interested in such matters. But my own design, which is to
+represent the man, would be very ill carried out if I suffered
+myself or my reader to forget that he was, first of all and last of
+all, an engineer. His chief claim to the style of a mechanical
+inventor is on account of the Jib or Balance Crane of the Bell
+Rock, which are beautiful contrivances. But the great merit of
+this engineer was not in the field of engines. He was above all
+things a projector of works in the face of nature, and a modifier
+of nature itself. A road to be made, a tower to be built, a
+harbour to be constructed, a river to be trained and guided in its
+channel--these were the problems with which his mind was
+continually occupied; and for these and similar ends he travelled
+the world for more than half a century, like an artist, note-book
+in hand.
+
+He once stood and looked on at the emptying of a certain oil-tube;
+he did so watch in hand, and accurately timed the operation; and in
+so doing offered the perfect type of his profession. The fact
+acquired might never be of use: it was acquired: another link in
+the world's huge chain of processes was brought down to figures and
+placed at the service of the engineer. 'The very term mensuration
+sounds ENGINEER-LIKE,' I find him writing; and in truth what the
+engineer most properly deals with is that which can be measured,
+weighed, and numbered. The time of any operation in hours and
+minutes, its cost in pounds, shillings, and pence, the strain upon
+a given point in foot-pounds--these are his conquests, with which
+he must continually furnish his mind, and which, after he has
+acquired them, he must continually apply and exercise. They must
+be not only entries in note-books, to be hurriedly consulted; in
+the actor's phrase, he must be STALE in them; in a word of my
+grandfather's, they must be 'fixed in the mind like the ten fingers
+and ten toes.'
+
+These are the certainties of the engineer; so far he finds a solid
+footing and clear views. But the province of formulas and
+constants is restricted. Even the mechanical engineer comes at
+last to an end of his figures, and must stand up, a practical man,
+face to face with the discrepancies of nature and the hiatuses of
+theory. After the machine is finished, and the steam turned on,
+the next is to drive it; and experience and an exquisite sympathy
+must teach him where a weight should be applied or a nut loosened.
+With the civil engineer, more properly so called (if anything can
+be proper with this awkward coinage), the obligation starts with
+the beginning. He is always the practical man. The rains, the
+winds and the waves, the complexity and the fitfulness of nature,
+are always before him. He has to deal with the unpredictable, with
+those forces (in Smeaton's phrase) that 'are subject to no
+calculation'; and still he must predict, still calculate them, at
+his peril. His work is not yet in being, and he must foresee its
+influence: how it shall deflect the tide, exaggerate the waves,
+dam back the rain-water, or attract the thunderbolt. He visits a
+piece of sea-board; and from the inclination and soil of the beach,
+from the weeds and shell-fish, from the configuration of the coast
+and the depth of soundings outside, he must deduce what magnitude
+of waves is to be looked for. He visits a river, its summer water
+babbling on shallows; and he must not only read, in a thousand
+indications, the measure of winter freshets, but be able to predict
+the violence of occasional great floods. Nay, and more; he must
+not only consider that which is, but that which may be. Thus I
+find my grandfather writing, in a report on the North Esk Bridge:
+'A less waterway might have sufficed, but the VALLEYS MAY COME TO
+BE MELIORATED BY DRAINAGE.' One field drained after another
+through all that confluence of vales, and we come to a time when
+they shall precipitate by so much a more copious and transient
+flood, as the gush of the flowing drain-pipe is superior to the
+leakage of a peat.
+
+It is plain there is here but a restricted use for formulas. In
+this sort of practice, the engineer has need of some transcendental
+sense. Smeaton, the pioneer, bade him obey his 'feelings'; my
+father, that 'power of estimating obscure forces which supplies a
+coefficient of its own to every rule.' The rules must be
+everywhere indeed; but they must everywhere be modified by this
+transcendental coefficient, everywhere bent to the impression of
+the trained eye and the FEELINGS of the engineer. A sentiment of
+physical laws and of the scale of nature, which shall have been
+strong in the beginning and progressively fortified by observation,
+must be his guide in the last recourse. I had the most opportunity
+to observe my father. He would pass hours on the beach, brooding
+over the waves, counting them, noting their least deflection,
+noting when they broke. On Tweedside, or by Lyne or Manor, we have
+spent together whole afternoons; to me, at the time, extremely
+wearisome; to him, as I am now sorry to think, bitterly mortifying.
+The river was to me a pretty and various spectacle; I could not
+see--I could not be made to see--it otherwise. To my father it was
+a chequer-board of lively forces, which he traced from pool to
+shallow with minute appreciation and enduring interest. 'That bank
+was being under-cut,' he might say. 'Why? Suppose you were to put
+a groin out here, would not the filum fluminis be cast abruptly off
+across the channel? and where would it impinge upon the other
+shore? and what would be the result? Or suppose you were to blast
+that boulder, what would happen? Follow it--use the eyes God has
+given you--can you not see that a great deal of land would be
+reclaimed upon this side?' It was to me like school in holidays;
+but to him, until I had worn him out with my invincible triviality,
+a delight. Thus he pored over the engineer's voluminous handy-book
+of nature; thus must, too, have pored my grand-father and uncles.
+
+But it is of the essence of this knowledge, or this knack of mind,
+to be largely incommunicable. 'It cannot be imparted to another,'
+says my father. The verbal casting-net is thrown in vain over
+these evanescent, inferential relations. Hence the insignificance
+of much engineering literature. So far as the science can be
+reduced to formulas or diagrams, the book is to the point; so far
+as the art depends on intimate study of the ways of nature, the
+author's words will too often be found vapid. This fact--that
+engineering looks one way, and literature another--was what my
+grand-father overlooked. All his life long, his pen was in his
+hand, piling up a treasury of knowledge, preparing himself against
+all possible contingencies. Scarce anything fell under his notice
+but he perceived in it some relation to his work, and chronicled it
+in the pages of his journal in his always lucid, but sometimes
+inexact and wordy, style. The Travelling Diary (so he called it)
+was kept in fascicles of ruled paper, which were at last bound up,
+rudely indexed, and put by for future reference. Such volumes as
+have reached me contain a surprising medley: the whole details of
+his employment in the Northern Lights and his general practice; the
+whole biography of an enthusiastic engineer. Much of it is useful
+and curious; much merely otiose; and much can only be described as
+an attempt to impart that which cannot be imparted in words. Of
+such are his repeated and heroic descriptions of reefs; monuments
+of misdirected literary energy, which leave upon the mind of the
+reader no effect but that of a multiplicity of words and the
+suggested vignette of a lusty old gentleman scrambling among
+tangle. It is to be remembered that he came to engineering while
+yet it was in the egg and without a library, and that he saw the
+bounds of that profession widen daily. He saw iron ships,
+steamers, and the locomotive engine, introduced. He lived to
+travel from Glasgow to Edinburgh in the inside of a forenoon, and
+to remember that he himself had 'often been twelve hours upon the
+journey, and his grand-father (Lillie) two days'! The profession
+was still but in its second generation, and had already broken down
+the barriers of time and space. Who should set a limit to its
+future encroachments? And hence, with a kind of sanguine pedantry,
+he pursued his design of 'keeping up with the day' and posting
+himself and his family on every mortal subject. Of this
+unpractical idealism we shall meet with many instances; there was
+not a trade, and scarce an accomplishment, but he thought it should
+form part of the outfit of an engineer; and not content with
+keeping an encyclopaedic diary himself, he would fain have set all
+his sons to work continuing and extending it. They were more
+happily inspired. My father's engineering pocket-book was not a
+bulky volume; with its store of pregnant notes and vital formulas,
+it served him through life, and was not yet filled when he came to
+die. As for Robert Stevenson and the Travelling Diary, I should be
+ungrateful to complain, for it has supplied me with many lively
+traits for this and subsequent chapters; but I must still remember
+much of the period of my study there as a sojourn in the Valley of
+the Shadow.
+
+The duty of the engineer is twofold--to design the work, and to see
+the work done. We have seen already something of the vociferous
+thoroughness of the man, upon the cleaning of lamps and the
+polishing of reflectors. In building, in road-making, in the
+construction of bridges, in every detail and byway of his
+employments, he pursued the same ideal. Perfection (with a capital
+P and violently under-scored) was his design. A crack for a
+penknife, the waste of 'six-and-thirty shillings,' 'the loss of a
+day or a tide,' in each of these he saw and was revolted by the
+finger of the sloven; and to spirits intense as his, and immersed
+in vital undertakings, the slovenly is the dishonest, and wasted
+time is instantly translated into lives endangered. On this
+consistent idealism there is but one thing that now and then
+trenches with a touch of incongruity, and that is his love of the
+picturesque. As when he laid out a road on Hogarth's line of
+beauty; bade a foreman be careful, in quarrying, not 'to disfigure
+the island'; or regretted in a report that 'the great stone, called
+the Devil in the Hole, was blasted or broken down to make road-
+metal, and for other purposes of the work.'
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III: THE BUILDING OF THE BELL ROCK
+
+
+
+Off the mouths of the Tay and the Forth, thirteen miles from
+Fifeness, eleven from Arbroath, and fourteen from the Red Head of
+Angus, lies the Inchcape or Bell Rock. It extends to a length of
+about fourteen hundred feet, but the part of it discovered at low
+water to not more than four hundred and twenty-seven. At a little
+more than half-flood in fine weather the seamless ocean joins over
+the reef, and at high-water springs it is buried sixteen feet. As
+the tide goes down, the higher reaches of the rock are seen to be
+clothed by Conferva rupestris as by a sward of grass; upon the more
+exposed edges, where the currents are most swift and the breach of
+the sea heaviest, Baderlock or Henware flourishes; and the great
+Tangle grows at the depth of several fathoms with luxuriance.
+Before man arrived, and introduced into the silence of the sea the
+smoke and clangour of a blacksmith's shop, it was a favourite
+resting-place of seals. The crab and lobster haunt in the
+crevices; and limpets, mussels, and the white buckie abound.
+
+According to a tradition, a bell had been once hung upon this rock
+by an abbot of Arbroath, {91a} 'and being taken down by a sea-
+pirate, a year thereafter he perished upon the same rock, with ship
+and goods, in the righteous judgment of God.' From the days of the
+abbot and the sea-pirate no man had set foot upon the Inchcape,
+save fishers from the neighbouring coast, or perhaps--for a moment,
+before the surges swallowed them--the unfortunate victims of
+shipwreck. The fishers approached the rock with an extreme
+timidity; but their harvest appears to have been great, and the
+adventure no more perilous than lucrative. In 1800, on the
+occasion of my grandfather's first landing, and during the two or
+three hours which the ebb-tide and the smooth water allowed them to
+pass upon its shelves, his crew collected upwards of two
+hundredweight of old metal: pieces of a kedge anchor and a cabin
+stove, crowbars, a hinge and lock of a door, a ship's marking-iron,
+a piece of a ship's caboose, a soldier's bayonet, a cannon ball,
+several pieces of money, a shoe-buckle, and the like. Such were
+the spoils of the Bell Rock.
+
+From 1794 onward, the mind of my grandfather had been exercised
+with the idea of a light upon this formidable danger. To build a
+tower on a sea rock, eleven miles from shore, and barely uncovered
+at low water of neaps, appeared a fascinating enterprise. It was
+something yet unattempted, unessayed; and even now, after it has
+been lighted for more than eighty years, it is still an exploit
+that has never been repeated. {92a} My grandfather was, besides,
+but a young man, of an experience comparatively restricted, and a
+reputation confined to Scotland; and when he prepared his first
+models, and exhibited them in Merchants' Hall, he can hardly be
+acquitted of audacity. John Clerk of Eldin stood his friend from
+the beginning, kept the key of the model room, to which he carried
+'eminent strangers,' and found words of counsel and encouragement
+beyond price. 'Mr. Clerk had been personally known to Smeaton, and
+used occasionally to speak of him to me,' says my grandfather; and
+again: 'I felt regret that I had not the opportunity of a greater
+range of practice to fit me for such an undertaking; but I was
+fortified by an expression of my friend Mr. Clerk in one of our
+conversations. "This work," said he, "is unique, and can be little
+forwarded by experience of ordinary masonic operations. In this
+case Smeaton's 'Narrative' must be the text-book, and energy and
+perseverance the pratique."'
+
+A Bill for the work was introduced into Parliament and lost in the
+Lords in 1802-3. John Rennie was afterwards, at my grandfather's
+suggestion, called in council, with the style of chief engineer.
+The precise meaning attached to these words by any of the parties
+appears irrecoverable. Chief engineer should have full authority,
+full responsibility, and a proper share of the emoluments; and
+there were none of these for Rennie. I find in an appendix a paper
+which resumes the controversy on this subject; and it will be
+enough to say here that Rennie did not design the Bell Rock, that
+he did not execute it, and that he was not paid for it. {94a} From
+so much of the correspondence as has come down to me, the
+acquaintance of this man, eleven years his senior, and already
+famous, appears to have been both useful and agreeable to Robert
+Stevenson. It is amusing to find my grandfather seeking high and
+low for a brace of pistols which his colleague had lost by the way
+between Aberdeen and Edinburgh; and writing to Messrs. Dollond, 'I
+have not thought it necessary to trouble Mr. Rennie with this
+order, but I BEG YOU WILL SEE TO GET TWO MINUTES OF HIM AS HE
+PASSES YOUR DOOR'--a proposal calculated rather from the latitude
+of Edinburgh than from London, even in 1807. It is pretty, too, to
+observe with what affectionate regard Smeaton was held in mind by
+his immediate successors. 'Poor old fellow,' writes Rennie to
+Stevenson, 'I hope he will now and then take a peep at us, and
+inspire you with fortitude and courage to brave all difficulties
+and dangers to accomplish a work which will, if successful,
+immortalise you in the annals of fame.' The style might be
+bettered, but the sentiment is charming.
+
+Smeaton was, indeed, the patron saint of the Bell Rock. Undeterred
+by the sinister fate of Winstanley, he had tackled and solved the
+problem of the Eddystone; but his solution had not been in all
+respects perfect. It remained for my grand-father to outdo him in
+daring, by applying to a tidal rock those principles which had been
+already justified by the success of the Eddystone, and to perfect
+the model by more than one exemplary departure. Smeaton had
+adopted in his floors the principle of the arch; each therefore
+exercised an outward thrust upon the walls, which must be met and
+combated by embedded chains. My grandfather's flooring-stones, on
+the other hand, were flat, made part of the outer wall, and were
+keyed and dovetailed into a central stone, so as to bind the work
+together and be positive elements of strength. In 1703 Winstanley
+still thought it possible to erect his strange pagoda, with its
+open gallery, its florid scrolls and candlesticks: like a rich
+man's folly for an ornamental water in a park. Smeaton followed;
+then Stevenson in his turn corrected such flaws as were left in
+Smeaton's design; and with his improvements, it is not too much to
+say the model was made perfect. Smeaton and Stevenson had between
+them evolved and finished the sea-tower. No subsequent builder has
+departed in anything essential from the principles of their design.
+It remains, and it seems to us as though it must remain for ever,
+an ideal attained. Every stone in the building, it may interest
+the reader to know, my grandfather had himself cut out in the
+model; and the manner in which the courses were fitted, joggled,
+trenailed, wedged, and the bond broken, is intricate as a puzzle
+and beautiful by ingenuity.
+
+In 1806 a second Bill passed both Houses, and the preliminary works
+were at once begun. The same year the Navy had taken a great
+harvest of prizes in the North Sea, one of which, a Prussian
+fishing dogger, flat-bottomed and rounded at the stem and stern,
+was purchased to be a floating lightship, and re-named the Pharos.
+By July 1807 she was overhauled, rigged for her new purpose, and
+turned into the lee of the Isle of May. 'It was proposed that the
+whole party should meet in her and pass the night; but she rolled
+from side to side in so extraordinary a manner, that even the most
+seahardy fled. It was humorously observed of this vessel that she
+was in danger of making a round turn and appearing with her keel
+uppermost; and that she would even turn a half-penny if laid upon
+deck.' By two o'clock on the morning of the 15th July this
+purgatorial vessel was moored by the Bell Rock.
+
+A sloop of forty tons had been in the meantime built at Leith, and
+named the Smeaton; by the 7th of August my grandfather set sail in
+her -
+
+'carrying with him Mr. Peter Logan, foreman builder, and five
+artificers selected from their having been somewhat accustomed to
+the sea, the writer being aware of the distressing trial which the
+floating light would necessarily inflict upon landsmen from her
+rolling motion. Here he remained till the 10th, and, as the
+weather was favourable, a landing was effected daily, when the
+workmen were employed in cutting the large seaweed from the sites
+of the lighthouse and beacon, which were respectively traced with
+pickaxes upon the rock. In the meantime the crew of the Smeaton
+was employed in laying down the several sets of moorings within
+about half a mile of the rock for the convenience of vessels. The
+artificers, having, fortunately, experienced moderate weather,
+returned to the workyard of Arbroath with a good report of their
+treatment afloat; when their comrades ashore began to feel some
+anxiety to see a place of which they had heard so much, and to
+change the constant operations with the iron and mallet in the
+process of hewing for an occasional tide's work on the rock, which
+they figured to themselves as a state of comparative ease and
+comfort.'
+
+I am now for many pages to let my grandfather speak for himself,
+and tell in his own words the story of his capital achievement.
+The tall quarto of 533 pages from which the following narrative has
+been dug out is practically unknown to the general reader, yet good
+judges have perceived its merit, and it has been named (with
+flattering wit) 'The Romance of Stone and Lime' and 'The Robinson
+Crusoe of Civil Engineering.' The tower was but four years in the
+building; it took Robert Stevenson, in the midst of his many
+avocations, no less than fourteen to prepare the Account. The
+title-page is a solid piece of literature of upwards of a hundred
+words; the table of contents runs to thirteen pages; and the
+dedication (to that revered monarch, George IV) must have cost him
+no little study and correspondence. Walter Scott was called in
+council, and offered one miscorrection which still blots the page.
+In spite of all this pondering and filing, there remain pages not
+easy to construe, and inconsistencies not easy to explain away. I
+have sought to make these disappear, and to lighten a little the
+baggage with which my grandfather marches; here and there I have
+rejointed and rearranged a sentence, always with his own words, and
+all with a reverent and faithful hand; and I offer here to the
+reader the true Monument of Robert Stevenson with a little of the
+moss removed from the inscription, and the Portrait of the artist
+with some superfluous canvas cut away.
+
+
+I--OPERATIONS OF 1807
+
+
+[Sunday, 16th Aug.]
+
+Everything being arranged for sailing to the rock on Saturday the
+15th, the vessel might have proceeded on the Sunday; but
+understanding that this would not be so agreeable to the artificers
+it was deferred until Monday. Here we cannot help observing that
+the men allotted for the operations at the rock seemed to enter
+upon the undertaking with a degree of consideration which fully
+marked their opinion as to the hazardous nature of the undertaking
+on which they were about to enter. They went in a body to church
+on Sunday, and whether it was in the ordinary course, or designed
+for the occasion, the writer is not certain, but the service was,
+in many respects, suitable to their circumstances.
+
+[Monday, 17th Aug.]
+
+The tide happening to fall late in the evening of Monday the 17th,
+the party, counting twenty-four in number, embarked on board of the
+Smeaton about ten o'clock p.m., and sailed from Arbroath with a
+gentle breeze at west. Our ship's colours having been flying all
+day in compliment to the commencement of the work, the other
+vessels in the harbour also saluted, which made a very gay
+appearance. A number of the friends and acquaintances of those on
+board having been thus collected, the piers, though at a late hour,
+were perfectly crowded, and just as the Smeaton cleared the
+harbour, all on board united in giving three hearty cheers, which
+were returned by those on shore in such good earnest, that, in the
+still of the evening, the sound must have been heard in all parts
+of the town, re-echoing from the walls and lofty turrets of the
+venerable Abbey of Aberbrothwick. The writer felt much
+satisfaction at the manner of this parting scene, though he must
+own that the present rejoicing was, on his part, mingled with
+occasional reflections upon the responsibility of his situation,
+which extended to the safety of all who should be engaged in this
+perilous work. With such sensations he retired to his cabin; but
+as the artificers were rather inclined to move about the deck than
+to remain in their confined berths below, his repose was transient,
+and the vessel being small every motion was necessarily heard.
+Some who were musically inclined occasionally sung; but he listened
+with peculiar pleasure to the sailor at the helm, who hummed over
+Dibdin's characteristic air:-
+
+'They say there's a Providence sits up aloft,
+To keep watch for the life of poor Jack.'
+
+[Tuesday, 18th Aug.]
+
+The weather had been very gentle all night, and, about four in the
+morning of the 18th, the Smeaton anchored. Agreeably to an
+arranged plan of operations, all hands were called at five o'clock
+a.m., just as the highest part of the Bell Rock began to show its
+sable head among the light breakers, which occasionally whitened
+with the foaming sea. The two boats belonging to the floating
+light attended the Smeaton, to carry the artificers to the rock, as
+her boat could only accommodate about six or eight sitters. Every
+one was more eager than his neighbour to leap into the boats and it
+required a good deal of management on the part of the coxswains to
+get men unaccustomed to a boat to take their places for rowing and
+at the same time trimming her properly. The landing-master and
+foreman went into one boat, while the writer took charge of
+another, and steered it to and from the rock. This became the more
+necessary in the early stages of the work, as places could not be
+spared for more than two, or at most three seamen to each boat, who
+were always stationed, one at the bow, to use the boat-hook in
+fending or pushing off, and the other at the aftermost oar, to give
+the proper time in rowing, while the middle oars were double-
+banked, and rowed by the artificers.
+
+As the weather was extremely fine, with light airs of wind from the
+east, we landed without difficulty upon the central part of the
+rock at half-past five, but the water had not yet sufficiently left
+it for commencing the work. This interval, however, did not pass
+unoccupied. The first and last of all the principal operations at
+the Bell Rock were accompanied by three hearty cheers from all
+hands, and, on occasions like the present, the steward of the ship
+attended, when each man was regaled with a glass of rum. As the
+water left the rock about six, some began to bore the holes for the
+great bats or holdfasts, for fixing the beams of the Beacon-house,
+while the smith was fully attended in laying out the site of his
+forge, upon a somewhat sheltered spot of the rock, which also
+recommended itself from the vicinity of a pool of water for
+tempering his irons. These preliminary steps occupied about an
+hour, and as nothing further could be done during this tide towards
+fixing the forge, the workmen gratified their curiosity by roaming
+about the rock, which they investigated with great eagerness till
+the tide overflowed it. Those who had been sick picked dulse
+(Fucus palmatus), which they ate with much seeming appetite; others
+were more intent upon collecting limpets for bait, to enjoy the
+amusement of fishing when they returned on board of the vessel.
+Indeed, none came away empty-handed, as everything found upon the
+Bell Rock was considered valuable, being connected with some
+interesting association. Several coins, and numerous bits of
+shipwrecked iron, were picked up, of almost every description; and,
+in particular, a marking-iron lettered JAMES--a circumstance of
+which it was thought proper to give notice to the public, as it
+might lead to the knowledge of some unfortunate shipwreck, perhaps
+unheard of till this simple occurrence led to the discovery. When
+the rock began to be overflowed, the landing-master arranged the
+crews of the respective boats, appointing twelve persons to each.
+According to a rule which the writer had laid down to himself, he
+was always the last person who left the rock.
+
+In a short time the Bell Rock was laid completely under water, and
+the weather being extremely fine, the sea was so smooth that its
+place could not be pointed out from the appearance of the surface--
+a circumstance which sufficiently demonstrates the dangerous nature
+of this rock, even during the day, and in the smoothest and calmest
+state of the sea. During the interval between the morning and the
+evening tides, the artificers were variously employed in fishing
+and reading; others were busy in drying and adjusting their wet
+clothes, and one or two amused their companions with the violin and
+German flute.
+
+About seven in the evening the signal bell for landing on the rock
+was again rung, when every man was at his quarters. In this
+service it was thought more appropriate to use the bell than to
+PIPE to quarters, as the use of this instrument is less known to
+the mechanic than the sound of the bell. The landing, as in the
+morning, was at the eastern harbour. During this tide the seaweed
+was pretty well cleared from the site of the operations, and also
+from the tracks leading to the different landing-places; for
+walking upon the rugged surface of the Bell Rock, when covered with
+seaweed, was found to be extremely difficult and even dangerous.
+Every hand that could possibly be occupied now employed in
+assisting the smith to fit up the apparatus for his forge. At 9
+p.m. the boats returned to the tender, after other two hours' work,
+in the same order as formerly--perhaps as much gratified with the
+success that attended the work of this day as with any other in the
+whole course of the operations. Although it could not he said that
+the fatigues of this day had been great, yet all on board retired
+early to rest. The sea being calm, and no movement on deck, it was
+pretty generally remarked in the morning that the bell awakened the
+greater number on board from their first sleep; and though this
+observation was not altogether applicable to the writer himself,
+yet he was not a little pleased to find that thirty people could
+all at once become so reconciled to a night's quarters within a few
+hundred paces of the Bell Rock.
+
+[Wednesday, 19th Aug.]
+
+Being extremely anxious at this time to get forward with fixing the
+smith's forge, on which the progress of the work at present
+depended, the writer requested that he might be called at daybreak
+to learn the landing-master's opinion of the weather from the
+appearance of the rising sun, a criterion by which experienced
+seamen can generally judge pretty accurately of the state of the
+weather for the following day. About five o'clock, on coming upon
+deck, the sun's upper limb or disc had just begun to appear as if
+rising from the ocean, and in less than a minute he was seen in the
+fullest splendour; but after a short interval he was enveloped in a
+soft cloudy sky, which was considered emblematical of fine weather.
+His rays had not yet sufficiently dispelled the clouds which hid
+the land from view, and the Bell Rock being still overflowed, the
+whole was one expanse of water. This scene in itself was highly
+gratifying; and, when the morning bell was tolled, we were
+gratified with the happy forebodings of good weather and the
+expectation of having both a morning and an evening tide's work on
+the rock.
+
+The boat which the writer steered happened to be the last which
+approached the rock at this tide; and, in standing up in the stern,
+while at some distance, to see how the leading boat entered the
+creek, he was astonished to observe something in the form of a
+human figure, in a reclining posture, upon one of the ledges of the
+rock. He immediately steered the boat through a narrow entrance to
+the eastern harbour, with a thousand unpleasant sensations in his
+mind. He thought a vessel or boat must have been wrecked upon the
+rock during the night; and it seemed probable that the rock might
+be strewed with dead bodies, a spectacle which could not fail to
+deter the artificers from returning so freely to their work. In
+the midst of these reveries the boat took the ground at an improper
+landing-place; but, without waiting to push her off, he leapt upon
+the rock, and making his way hastily to the spot which had
+privately given him alarm, he had the satisfaction to ascertain
+that he had only been deceived by the peculiar situation and aspect
+of the smith's anvil and block, which very completely represented
+the appearance of a lifeless body upon the rock. The writer
+carefully suppressed his feelings, the simple mention of which
+might have had a bad effect upon the artificers, and his haste
+passed for an anxiety to examine the apparatus of the smith's
+forge, left in an unfinished state at evening tide.
+
+In the course of this morning's work two or three apparently
+distant peals of thunder were heard, and the atmosphere suddenly
+became thick and foggy. But as the Smeaton, our present tender,
+was moored at no great distance from the rock, the crew on board
+continued blowing with a horn, and occasionally fired a musket, so
+that the boats got to the ship without difficulty.
+
+[Thursday, 20th Aug.]
+
+The wind this morning inclined from the north-east, and the sky had
+a heavy and cloudy appearance, but the sea was smooth, though there
+was an undulating motion on, the surface, which indicated easterly
+winds, and occasioned a slight surf upon the rock. But the boats
+found no difficulty in landing at the western creek at half-past
+seven, and, after a good tide's work, left it again about a quarter
+from eleven. In the evening the artificers landed at half-past
+seven, and continued till half-past eight, having completed the
+fixing of the smith's forge, his vice, and a wooden board or bench,
+which were also batted to a ledge of the rock, to the great joy of
+all, under a salute of three hearty cheers. From an oversight on
+the part of the smith, who had neglected to bring his tinder-box
+and matches from the vessel, the work was prevented from being
+continued for at least an hour longer.
+
+The smith's shop was, of course, in OPEN SPACE: the large bellows
+were carried to and from the rock every tide, for the serviceable
+condition of which, together with the tinder-box, fuel, and embers
+of the former fire, the smith was held responsible. Those who have
+been placed in situations to feel the inconveniency and want of
+this useful artisan, will be able to appreciate his value in a case
+like the present. It often happened, to our annoyance and
+disappointment, in the early state of the work, when the smith was
+in the middle of a FAVOURITE HEAT in making some useful article, or
+in sharpening the tools, after the flood-tide had obliged the
+pickmen to strike work, a sea would come rolling over the rocks,
+dash out the fire, and endanger his indispensable implement, the
+bellows. If the sea was smooth, while the smith often stood at
+work knee-deep in water, the tide rose by imperceptible degrees,
+first cooling the exterior of the fireplace, or hearth, and then
+quietly blackening and extinguishing the fire from below. The
+writer has frequently been amused at the perplexing anxiety of the
+blacksmith when coaxing his fire and endeavouring to avert the
+effects of the rising tide.
+
+[Friday, 21st Aug.]
+
+Everything connected with the forge being now completed, the
+artificers found no want of sharp tools, and the work went forward
+with great alacrity and spirit. It was also alleged that the rock
+had a more habitable appearance from the volumes of smoke which
+ascended from the smith's shop and the busy noise of his anvil, the
+operations of the masons, the movements of the boats, and shipping
+at a distance--all contributed to give life and activity to the
+scene. This noise and traffic had, however, the effect of almost
+completely banishing the herd of seals which had hitherto
+frequented the rock as a resting-place during the period of low
+water. The rock seemed to be peculiarly adapted to their habits,
+for, excepting two or three days at neap-tides, a part of it always
+dries at low water--at least, during the summer season--and as
+there was good fishing-ground in the neighbourhood, without a human
+being to disturb or molest them, it had become a very favourite
+residence of these amphibious animals, the writer having
+occasionally counted from fifty to sixty playing about the rock at
+a time. But when they came to be disturbed every tide, and their
+seclusion was broken in upon by the kindling of great fires,
+together with the beating of hammers and picks during low water,
+after hovering about for a time, they changed their place, and
+seldom more than one or two were to be seen about the rock upon the
+more detached outlayers which dry partially, whence they seemed to
+look with that sort of curiosity which is observable in these
+animals when following a boat.
+
+[Saturday, 22nd Aug.]
+
+Hitherto the artificers had remained on board the Smeaton, which
+was made fast to one of the mooring buoys at a distance only of
+about a quarter of a mile from the rock, and, of course, a very
+great conveniency to the work. Being so near, the seamen could
+never be mistaken as to the progress of the tide, or state of the
+sea upon the rock, nor could the boats be much at a loss to pull on
+board of the vessel during fog, or even in very rough weather; as
+she could be cast loose from her moorings at pleasure, and brought
+to the lee side of the rock. But the Smeaton being only about
+forty register tons, her accommodations were extremely limited. It
+may, therefore, be easily imagined that an addition of twenty-four
+persons to her own crew must have rendered the situation of those
+on board rather uncomfortable. The only place for the men's
+hammocks on board being in the hold, they were unavoidably much
+crowded: and if the weather had required the hatches to be
+fastened down, so great a number of men could not possibly have
+been accommodated. To add to this evil, the co-boose or cooking-
+place being upon deck, it would not have been possible to have
+cooked for so large a company in the event of bad weather.
+
+The stock of water was now getting short, and some necessaries
+being also wanted for the floating light, the Smeaton was
+despatched for Arbroath; and the writer, with the artificers at the
+same time shifted their quarters from her to the floating light.
+
+Although the rock barely made its appearance at this period of the
+tides till eight o'clock, yet, having now a full mile to row from
+the floating light to the rock, instead of about a quarter of a
+mile from the moorings of the Smeaton, it was necessary to be
+earlier astir, and to form different arrangements; breakfast was
+accordingly served up at seven o'clock this morning. From the
+excessive motion of the floating light, the writer had looked
+forward rather with anxiety to the removal of the workmen to this
+ship. Some among them, who had been congratulating themselves upon
+having become sea-hardy while on board the Smeaton, had a complete
+relapse upon returning to the floating light. This was the case
+with the writer. From the spacious and convenient berthage of the
+floating light, the exchange to the artificers was, in this
+respect, much for the better. The boats were also commodious,
+measuring sixteen feet in length on the keel, so that, in fine
+weather, their complement of sitters was sixteen persons for each,
+with which, however, they were rather crowded, but she could not
+stow two boats of larger dimensions. When there was what is called
+a breeze of wind, and a swell in the sea, the proper number for
+each boat could not, with propriety, be rated at more than twelve
+persons.
+
+When the tide-bell rung the boats were hoisted out, and two active
+seamen were employed to keep them from receiving damage alongside.
+The floating light being very buoyant, was so quick in her motions
+that when those who were about to step from her gunwale into a
+boat, placed themselves upon a cleat or step on the ship's side,
+with the man or rail ropes in their hands, they had often to wait
+for some time till a favourable opportunity occurred for stepping
+into the boat. While in this situation, with the vessel rolling
+from side to side, watching the proper time for letting go the man-
+ropes, it required the greatest dexterity and presence of mind to
+leap into the boats. One who was rather awkward would often wait a
+considerable period in this position: at one time his side of the
+ship would be so depressed that he would touch the boat to which he
+belonged, while the next sea would elevate him so much that he
+would see his comrades in the boat on the opposite side of the
+ship, his friends in the one boat calling to him to 'Jump,' while
+those in the boat on the other side, as he came again and again
+into their view, would jocosely say, 'Are you there yet? You seem
+to enjoy a swing.' In this situation it was common to see a person
+upon each side of the ship for a length of time, waiting to quit
+his hold.
+
+On leaving the rock to-day a trial of seamanship was proposed
+amongst the rowers, for by this time the artificers had become
+tolerably expert in this exercise. By inadvertency some of the
+oars provided had been made of fir instead of ash, and although a
+considerable stock had been laid in, the workmen, being at first
+awkward in the art, were constantly breaking their oars; indeed it
+was no uncommon thing to see the broken blades of a pair of oars
+floating astern, in the course of a passage from the rock to the
+vessel. The men, upon the whole, had but little work to perform in
+the course of a day; for though they exerted themselves extremely
+hard while on the rock, yet, in the early state of the operations,
+this could not be continued for more than three or four hours at a
+time, and as their rations were large--consisting of one pound and
+a half of beef, one pound of ship biscuit, eight ounces oatmeal,
+two ounces barley, two ounces butter, three quarts of small beer,
+with vegetables and salt--they got into excellent spirits when free
+of sea-sickness. The rowing of the boats against each other became
+a favourite amusement, which was rather a fortunate circumstance,
+as it must have been attended with much inconvenience had it been
+found necessary to employ a sufficient number of sailors for this
+purpose. The writer, therefore, encouraged the spirit of
+emulation, and the speed of their respective boats became a
+favourite topic. Premiums for boat-races were instituted, which
+were contended for with great eagerness, and the respective crews
+kept their stations in the boats with as much precision as they
+kept their beds on board of the ship. With these and other
+pastimes, when the weather was favourable, the time passed away
+among the inmates of the forecastle and waist of the ship. The
+writer looks back with interest upon the hours of solitude which he
+spent in this lonely ship with his small library.
+
+This being the first Saturday that the artificers were afloat, all
+hands were served with a glass of rum and water at night, to drink
+the sailors' favourite toast of 'Wives and Sweethearts.' It was
+customary, upon these occasions, for the seamen and artificers to
+collect in the galley, when the musical instruments were put in
+requisition: for, according to invariable practice, every man must
+play a tune, sing a song, or tell a story.
+
+[Sunday, 23rd Aug.]
+
+Having, on the previous evening, arranged matters with the landing-
+master as to the business of the day, the signal was rung for all
+hands at half-past seven this morning. In the early state of the
+spring-tides the artificers went to the rock before breakfast, but
+as the tides fell later in the day, it became necessary to take
+this meal before leaving the ship. At eight o'clock all hands were
+assembled on the quarter-deck for prayers, a solemnity which was
+gone through in as orderly a manner as circumstances would admit.
+When the weather permitted, the flags of the ship were hung up as
+an awning or screen, forming the quarter-deck into a distinct
+compartment; the pendant was also hoisted at the mainmast, and a
+large ensign flag was displayed over the stern; and lastly, the
+ship's companion, or top of the staircase, was covered with the
+FLAG PROPER of the Lighthouse Service, on which the Bible was laid.
+A particular toll of the bell called all hands to the quarter-deck,
+when the writer read a chapter of the Bible, and, the whole ship's
+company being uncovered, he also read the impressive prayer
+composed by the Reverend Dr. Brunton, one of the ministers of
+Edinburgh.
+
+Upon concluding this service, which was attended with becoming
+reverence and attention, all on board retired to their respective
+berths to breakfast, and, at half-past nine, the bell again rung
+for the artificers to take their stations in their respective
+boats. Some demur having been evinced on board about the propriety
+of working on Sunday, which had hitherto been touched upon as
+delicately as possible, all hands being called aft, the writer,
+from the quarter-deck, stated generally the nature of the service,
+expressing his hopes that every man would feel himself called upon
+to consider the erection of a lighthouse on the Bell Rock, in every
+point of view, as a work of necessity and mercy. He knew that
+scruples had existed with some, and these had, indeed, been fairly
+and candidly urged before leaving the shore; but it was expected
+that, after having seen the critical nature of the rock, and the
+necessity of the measure, every man would now be satisfied of the
+propriety of embracing all opportunities of landing on the rock
+when the state of the weather would permit. The writer further
+took them to witness that it did not proceed from want of respect
+for the appointments and established forms of religion that he had
+himself adopted the resolution of attending the Bell Rock works on
+the Sunday; but, as he hoped, from a conviction that it was his
+bounden duty, on the strictest principles of morality. At the same
+time it was intimated that, if any were of a different opinion,
+they should be perfectly at liberty to hold their sentiments
+without the imputation of contumacy or disobedience; the only
+difference would be in regard to the pay.
+
+Upon stating this much, he stepped into his boat, requesting all
+who were so disposed to follow him. The sailors, from their
+habits, found no scruple on this subject, and all of the
+artificers, though a little tardy, also embarked, excepting four of
+the masons, who, from the beginning, mentioned that they would
+decline working on Sundays. It may here be noticed that throughout
+the whole of the operations it was observable that the men wrought,
+if possible, with more keenness upon the Sundays than at other
+times from an impression that they were engaged in a work of
+imperious necessity, which required every possible exertion. On
+returning to the floating light, after finishing the tide's work,
+the boats were received by the part of the ship's crew left on
+board with the usual attention of handing ropes to the boats and
+helping the artificers on board; but the four masons who had
+absented themselves from the work did not appear upon deck.
+
+[Monday, 24th Aug.]
+
+The boats left the floating light at a quarter-past nine o'clock
+this morning, and the work began at three-quarters past nine; but
+as the neap-tides were approaching the working time at the rock
+became gradually shorter, and it was now with difficulty that two
+and a half hours' work could be got. But so keenly had the workmen
+entered into the spirit of the beacon-house operations, that they
+continued to bore the holes in the rock till some of them were
+knee-deep in water.
+
+The operations at this time were entirely directed to the erection
+of the beacon, in which every man felt an equal interest, as at
+this critical period the slightest casualty to any of the boats at
+the rock might have been fatal to himself individually, while it
+was perhaps peculiar to the writer more immediately to feel for the
+safety of the whole. Each log or upright beam of the beacon was to
+be fixed to the rock by two strong and massive bats or stanchions
+of iron. These bats, for the fixture of the principal and diagonal
+beams and bracing chains, required fifty-four holes, each measuring
+two inches in diameter and eighteen inches in depth. There had
+already been so considerable a progress made in boring and
+excavating the holes that the writer's hopes of getting the beacon
+erected this year began to be more and more confirmed, although it
+was now advancing towards what was considered the latter end of the
+proper working season at the Bell Rock. The foreman joiner, Mr.
+Francis Watt, was accordingly appointed to attend at the rock to-
+day, when the necessary levels were taken for the step or seat of
+each particular beam of the beacon, that they might be cut to their
+respective lengths, to suit the inequalities of the rock; several
+of the stanchions were also tried into their places, and other
+necessary observations made, to prevent mistakes on the application
+of the apparatus, and to facilitate the operations when the beams
+came to be set up, which would require to be done in the course of
+a single tide.
+
+[Tuesday, 25th Aug.]
+
+We had now experienced an almost unvaried tract of light airs of
+easterly wind, with clear weather in the fore-part of the day and
+fog in the evenings. To-day, however, it sensibly changed; when
+the wind came to the south-west, and blew a fresh breeze. At nine
+a.m. the bell rung, and the boats were hoisted out, and though the
+artificers were now pretty well accustomed to tripping up and down
+the sides of the floating light, yet it required more seamanship
+this morning than usual. It therefore afforded some merriment to
+those who had got fairly seated in their respective boats to see
+the difficulties which attended their companions, and the
+hesitating manner in which they quitted hold of the man-ropes in
+leaving the ship. The passage to the rock was tedious, and the
+boats did not reach it till half-past ten.
+
+It being now the period of neap-tides, the water only partially
+left the rock, and some of the men who were boring on the lower
+ledges of the site of the beacon stood knee-deep in water. The
+situation of the smith to-day was particularly disagreeable, but
+his services were at all times indispensable. As the tide did not
+leave the site of the forge, he stood in the water, and as there
+was some roughness on the surface it was with considerable
+difficulty that, with the assistance of the sailors, he was enabled
+to preserve alive his fire; and, while his feet were immersed in
+water, his face was not only scorched but continually exposed to
+volumes of smoke, accompanied with sparks from the fire, which were
+occasionally set up owing to the strength and direction of the
+wind.
+
+[Wednesday, 26th Aug.]
+
+The wind had shifted this morning to N.N.W., with rain, and was
+blowing what sailors call a fresh breeze. To speak, perhaps,
+somewhat more intelligibly to the general reader, the wind was such
+that a fishing-boat could just carry full sail. But as it was of
+importance, specially in the outset of the business, to keep up the
+spirit of enterprise for landing on all practicable occasions, the
+writer, after consulting with the landing-master, ordered the bell
+to be rung for embarking, and at half-past eleven the boats reached
+the rock, and left it again at a quarter-past twelve, without,
+however, being able to do much work, as the smith could not be set
+to work from the smallness of the ebb and the strong breach of sea,
+which lashed with great force among the bars of the forge.
+
+Just as we were about to leave the rock the wind shifted to the
+S.W., and, from a fresh gale, it became what seamen term a hard
+gale, or such as would have required the fisherman to take in two
+or three reefs in his sail. It is a curious fact that the
+respective tides of ebb and flood are apparent upon the shore about
+an hour and a half sooner than at the distance of three or four
+miles in the offing. But what seems chiefly interesting here is
+that the tides around this small sunken rock should follow exactly
+the same laws as on the extensive shores of the mainland. When the
+boats left the Bell Rock to-day it was overflowed by the flood-
+tide, but the floating light did not swing round to the flood-tide
+for more than an hour afterwards. Under this disadvantage the
+boats had to struggle with the ebb-tide and a hard gale of wind, so
+that it was with the greatest difficulty that they reached the
+floating light. Had this gale happened in spring-tides when the
+current was strong we must have been driven to sea in a very
+helpless condition.
+
+The boat which the writer steered was considerably behind the
+other, one of the masons having unluckily broken his oar. Our
+prospect of getting on board, of course, became doubtful, and our
+situation was rather perilous, as the boat shipped so much sea that
+it occupied two of the artificers to bale and clear her of water.
+When the oar gave way we were about half a mile from the ship, but,
+being fortunately to windward, we got into the wake of the floating
+light, at about 250 fathoms astern, just as the landing-master's
+boat reached the vessel. He immediately streamed or floated a
+life-buoy astern, with a line which was always in readiness, and by
+means of this useful implement the boat was towed alongside of the
+floating light, where, from her rolling motion, it required no
+small management to get safely on board, as the men were much worn
+out with their exertions in pulling from the rock. On the present
+occasion the crews of both boats were completely drenched with
+spray, and those who sat upon the bottom of the boats to bale them
+were sometimes pretty deep in the water before it could be cleared
+out. After getting on board, all hands were allowed an extra dram,
+and, having shifted and got a warm and comfortable dinner, the
+affair, it is believed, was little more thought of.
+
+[Thursday, 27th Aug.]
+
+The tides were now in that state which sailors term the dead of the
+neap, and it was not expected that any part of the rock would be
+seen above water to-day; at any rate, it was obvious, from the
+experience of yesterday, that no work could be done upon it, and
+therefore the artificers were not required to land. The wind was
+at west, with light breezes, and fine clear weather; and as it was
+an object with the writer to know the actual state of the Bell Rock
+at neap-tides, he got one of the boats manned, and, being
+accompanied by the landing-master, went to it at a quarter-past
+twelve. The parts of the rock that appeared above water being very
+trifling, were covered by every wave, so that no landing was made.
+Upon trying the depth of water with a boathook, particularly on the
+sites of the lighthouse and beacon, on the former, at low water,
+the depth was found to be three feet, and on the central parts of
+the latter it was ascertained to be two feet eight inches. Having
+made these remarks, the boat returned to the ship at two p.m., and
+the weather being good, the artificers were found amusing
+themselves with fishing. The Smeaton came from Arbroath this
+afternoon, and made fast to her moorings, having brought letters
+and newspapers, with parcels of clean linen, etc., for the workmen,
+who were also made happy by the arrival of three of their comrades
+from the workyard ashore. From these men they not only received
+all the news of the workyard, but seemed themselves to enjoy great
+pleasure in communicating whatever they considered to be
+interesting with regard to the rock. Some also got letters from
+their friends at a distance, the postage of which for the men
+afloat was always free, so that they corresponded the more readily.
+
+The site of the building having already been carefully traced out
+with the pick-axe, the artificers this day commenced the excavation
+of the rock for the foundation or first course of the lighthouse.
+Four men only were employed at this work, while twelve continued at
+the site of the beacon-house, at which every possible opportunity
+was embraced, till this essential art of the operations should be
+completed.
+
+[Wednesday, 2nd Sept.]
+
+The floating light's bell rung this morning at half-past four
+o'clock, as a signal for the boats to be got ready, and the landing
+took place at half-past five. In passing the Smeaton at her
+moorings near the rock, her boat followed with eight additional
+artificers who had come from Arbroath with her at last trip, but
+there being no room for them in the floating light's boats, they
+had continued on board. The weather did not look very promising in
+the morning, the wind blowing pretty fresh from W.S.W.: and had it
+not been that the writer calculated upon having a vessel so much at
+command, in all probability he would not have ventured to land.
+The Smeaton rode at what sailors call a salvagee, with a cross-head
+made fast to the floating buoy. This kind of attachment was found
+to be more convenient than the mode of passing the hawser through
+the ring of the buoy when the vessel was to be made fast. She had
+then only to be steered very close to the buoy, when the salvagee
+was laid hold of with a boat-hook, and the BITE of the hawser
+thrown over the cross-head. But the salvagee, by this method, was
+always left at the buoy, and was, of course, more liable to chafe
+and wear than a hawser passed through the ring, which could be
+wattled with canvas, and shifted at pleasure. The salvagee and
+cross method is, however, much practised; but the experience of
+this morning showed it to be very unsuitable for vessels riding in
+an exposed situation for any length of time.
+
+Soon after the artificers landed they commenced work; but the wind
+coming to blow hard, the Smeaton's boat and crew, who had brought
+their complement of eight men to the rock, went off to examine her
+riding ropes, and see that they were in proper order. The boat had
+no sooner reached the vessel than she went adrift, carrying the
+boat along with her. By the time that she was got round to make a
+tack towards the rock, she had drifted at least three miles to
+leeward, with the praam-boat astern; and, having both the wind and
+a tide against her, the writer perceived, with no little anxiety,
+that she could not possibly return to the rock till long after its
+being overflowed; for, owing to the anomaly of the tides formerly
+noticed, the Bell Rock is completely under water when the ebb
+abates to the offing.
+
+In this perilous predicament, indeed, he found himself placed
+between hope and despair--but certainly the latter was by much the
+most predominant feeling of his mind--situate upon a sunken rock in
+the middle of the ocean, which, in the progress of the flood-tide,
+was to be laid under water to the depth of at least twelve feet in
+a stormy sea. There were this morning thirty-two persons in all
+upon the rock, with only two boats, whose complement, even in good
+weather, did not exceed twenty-four sitters; but to row to the
+floating light with so much wind, and in so heavy a sea, a
+complement of eight men for each boat was as much as could, with
+propriety, be attempted, so that, in this way, about one-half of
+our number was unprovided for. Under these circumstances, had the
+writer ventured to despatch one of the boats in expectation of
+either working the Smeaton sooner up towards the rock, or in hopes
+of getting her boat brought to our assistance, this must have given
+an immediate alarm to the artificers, each of whom would have
+insisted upon taking to his own boat, and leaving the eight
+artificers belonging to the Smeaton to their chance. Of course a
+scuffle might have ensued, and it is hard to say, in the ardour of
+men contending for life, where it might have ended. It has even
+been hinted to the writer that a party of the PICKMEN were
+determined to keep exclusively to their own boat against all
+hazards.
+
+The unfortunate circumstance of the Smeaton and her boat having
+drifted was, for a considerable time, only known to the writer and
+to the landing-master, who removed to the farther point of the
+rock, where he kept his eye steadily upon the progress of the
+vessel. While the artificers were at work, chiefly in sitting or
+kneeling postures, excavating the rock, or boring with the jumpers,
+and while their numerous hammers, with the sound of the smith's
+anvil, continued, the situation of things did not appear so awful.
+In this state of suspense, with almost certain destruction at hand,
+the water began to rise upon those who were at work on the lower
+parts of the sites of the beacon and lighthouse. From the run of
+sea upon the rock, the forge fire was also sooner extinguished this
+morning than usual, and the volumes of smoke having ceased, objects
+in every direction became visible from all parts of the rock.
+After having had about three 'hours' work, the men began, pretty
+generally, to make towards their respective boats for their jackets
+and stockings, when, to their astonishment, instead of three, they
+found only two boats, the third being adrift with the Smeaton. Not
+a word was uttered by any one, but all appeared to be silently
+calculating their numbers, and looking to each other with evident
+marks of perplexity depicted in their countenances. The landing-
+master, conceiving that blame might be attached to him for allowing
+the boat to leave the rock, still kept at a distance. At this
+critical moment the author was standing upon an elevated part of
+Smith's Ledge, where he endeavoured to mark the progress of the
+Smeaton, not a little surprised that her crew did not cut the praam
+adrift, which greatly retarded her way, and amazed that some effort
+was not making to bring at least the boat, and attempt our relief.
+The workmen looked steadfastly upon the writer, and turned
+occasionally towards the vessel, still far to leeward. {122a} All
+this passed in the most perfect silence, and the melancholy
+solemnity of the group made an impression never to be effaced from
+his mind.
+
+The writer had all along been considering of various schemes--
+providing the men could be kept under command--which might be put
+in practice for the general safety, in hopes that the Smeaton might
+be able to pick up the boats to leeward, when they were obliged to
+leave the rock. He was, accordingly, about to address the
+artificers on the perilous nature of their circumstances, and to
+propose that all hands should unstrip their upper clothing when the
+higher parts of the rock were laid under water; that the seamen
+should remove every unnecessary weight and encumbrance from the
+boats; that a specified number of men should go into each boat, and
+that the remainder should hang by the gunwales, while the boats
+were to be rowed gently towards the Smeaton, as the course to the
+Pharos, or floating light, lay rather to windward of the rock. But
+when he attempted to speak his mouth was so parched that his tongue
+refused utterance, and he now learned by experience that the saliva
+is as necessary as the tongue itself for speech. He turned to one
+of the pools on the rock and lapped a little water, which produced
+immediate relief. But what was his happiness, when on rising from
+this unpleasant beverage, some one called out, 'A boat! a boat!'
+and, on looking around, at no great distance, a large boat was seen
+through the haze making towards the rock. This at once enlivened
+and rejoiced every heart. The timeous visitor proved to be James
+Spink, the Bell Rock pilot, who had come express from Arbroath with
+letters. Spink had for some time seen the Smeaton, and had even
+supposed, from the state of the weather, that all hands were on
+board of her till he approached more nearly and observed people
+upon the rock; but not supposing that the assistance of his boat
+was necessary to carry the artificers off the rock, he anchored on
+the lee-side and began to fish, waiting, as usual, till the letters
+were sent for, as the pilot-boat was too large and unwieldy for
+approaching the rock when there was any roughness or run of the sea
+at the entrance of the landing creeks.
+
+Upon this fortunate change of circumstances, sixteen of the
+artificers were sent, at two trips, in one of the boats, with
+instructions for Spink to proceed with them to the floating light.
+This being accomplished, the remaining sixteen followed in the two
+boats belonging to the service of the rock. Every one felt the
+most perfect happiness at leaving the Bell Rock this morning,
+though a very hard and even dangerous passage to the floating light
+still awaited us, as the wind by this time had increased to a
+pretty hard gale, accompanied with a considerable swell of sea.
+Every one was as completely drenched in water as if he had been
+dragged astern of the boats. The writer, in particular, being at
+the helm, found, on getting on board, that his face and ears were
+completely coated with a thin film of salt from the sea spray,
+which broke constantly over the bows of the boat. After much
+baling of water and severe work at the oars, the three boats
+reached the floating light, where some new difficulties occurred in
+getting on board in safety, owing partly to the exhausted state of
+the men, and partly to the violent rolling of the vessel.
+
+As the tide flowed, it was expected that the Smeaton would have got
+to windward; but, seeing that all was safe, after tacking for
+several hours and making little progress, she bore away for
+Arbroath, with the praam-boat. As there was now too much wind for
+the pilot-boat to return to Arbroath, she was made fast astern of
+the floating light, and the crew remained on board till next day,
+when the weather moderated. There can be very little doubt that
+the appearance of James Spink with his boat on this critical
+occasion was the means of preventing the loss of lives at the rock
+this morning. When these circumstances, some years afterwards,
+came to the knowledge of the Board, a small pension was ordered to
+our faithful pilot, then in his seventieth year; and he still
+continues to wear the uniform clothes and badge of the Lighthouse
+service. Spink is a remarkably strong man, whose tout ensemble is
+highly characteristic of a North-country fisherman. He usually
+dresses in a pe-jacket, cut after a particular fashion, and wears a
+large, flat, blue bonnet. A striking likeness of Spink in his
+pilot-dress, with the badge or insignia on his left arm which is
+characteristic of the boatmen in the service of the Northern
+Lights, has been taken by Howe, and is in the writer's possession.
+
+[Thursday, 3rd Sept.]
+
+The bell rung this morning at five o'clock, but the writer must
+acknowledge, from the circumstances of yesterday, that its sound
+was extremely unwelcome. This appears also to have been the
+feelings of the artificers, for when they came to be mustered, out
+of twenty-six, only eight, besides the foreman and seamen, appeared
+upon deck to accompany the writer to the rock. Such are the
+baneful effects of anything like misfortune or accident connected
+with a work of this description. The use of argument to persuade
+the men to embark in cases of this kind would have been out of
+place, as it is not only discomfort, or even the risk of the loss
+of a limb, but life itself that becomes the question. The boats,
+notwithstanding the thinness of our ranks, left the vessel at half-
+past five. The rough weather of yesterday having proved but a
+summer's gale, the wind came to-day in gentle breezes; yet, the
+atmosphere being cloudy, it a not a very favourable appearance.
+The boats reached the rock at six a.m., and the eight artificers
+who landed were employed in clearing out the bat-holes for the
+beacon-house, and had a very prosperous tide of four hours' work,
+being the longest yet experienced by half an hour.
+
+The boats left the rock again at ten o'clock, and the weather
+having cleared up as we drew near the vessel, the eighteen
+artificers who had remained on board were observed upon deck, but
+as the boats approached they sought their way below, being quite
+ashamed of their conduct. This was the only instance of refusal to
+go to the rock which occurred during the whole progress of the
+work, excepting that of the four men who declined working upon
+Sunday, a case which the writer did not conceive to be at all
+analogous to the present. It may here be mentioned, much to the
+credit of these four men, that they stood foremost in embarking for
+the rock this morning.
+
+[Saturday, 5th Sept.]
+
+It was fortunate that a landing was not attempted this evening, for
+at eight o'clock the wind shifted to E.S.E., and at ten it had
+become a hard gale, when fifty fathoms of the floating light's
+hempen cable were veered out. The gale still increasing, the ship
+rolled and laboured excessively, and at midnight eighty fathoms of
+cable were veered out; while the sea continued to strike the vessel
+with a degree of force which had not before been experienced.
+
+[Sunday, 6th Sept.]
+
+During the last night there was little rest on board of the Pharos,
+and daylight, though anxiously wished for, brought no relief, as
+the gale continued with unabated violence. The sea struck so hard
+upon the vessel's bows that it rose in great quantities, or in
+'green seas,' as the sailors termed it, which were carried by the
+wind as far aft as the quarter-deck, and not infrequently over the
+stern of the ship altogether. It fell occasionally so heavily on
+the skylight of the writer's cabin, though so far aft as to be
+within five feet of the helm, that the glass was broken to pieces
+before the dead-light could be got into its place, so that the
+water poured down in great quantities. In shutting out the water,
+the admission of light was prevented, and in the morning all
+continued in the most comfortless state of darkness. About ten
+o'clock a.m. the wind shifted to N.E., and blew, if possible,
+harder than before, and it was accompanied by a much heavier swell
+of sea. In the course of the gale, the part of the cable in the
+hause-hole had been so often shifted that nearly the whole length
+of one of her hempen cables, of 120 fathoms, had been veered out,
+besides the chain-moorings. The cable, for its preservation, was
+also carefully served or wattled with pieces of canvas round the
+windlass, and with leather well greased in the hause-hole. In this
+state things remained during the whole day, every sea which struck
+the vessel--and the seas followed each other in close succession--
+causing her to shake, and all on board occasionally to tremble. At
+each of these strokes of the sea the rolling and pitching of the
+vessel ceased for a time, and her motion was felt as if she had
+either broke adrift before the wind or were in the act of sinking;
+but, when another sea came, she ranged up against it with great
+force, and this became the regular intimation of our being still
+riding at anchor.
+
+About eleven o'clock, the writer with some difficulty got out of
+bed, but, in attempting to dress, he was thrown twice upon the
+floor at the opposite end of the cabin. In an undressed state he
+made shift to get about half-way up the companion-stairs, with an
+intention to observe the state of the sea and of the ship upon
+deck; but he no sooner looked over the companion than a heavy sea
+struck the vessel, which fell on the quarter-deck, and rushed
+downstairs in the officers' cabin in so considerable a quantity
+that it was found necessary to lift one of the scuttles in the
+floor, to let the water into the limbers of the ship, as it dashed
+from side to side in such a manner as to run into the lower tier of
+beds. Having been foiled in this attempt, and being completely
+wetted, he again got below and went to bed. In this state of the
+weather the seamen had to move about the necessary or indispensable
+duties of the ship with the most cautious use both of hands and
+feet, while it required all the art of the landsman to keep within
+the precincts of his bed. The writer even found himself so much
+tossed about that it became necessary, in some measure, to shut
+himself in bed, in order to avoid being thrown upon the floor.
+Indeed, such was the motion of the ship that it seemed wholly
+impracticable to remain in any other than a lying posture. On deck
+the most stormy aspect presented itself, while below all was wet
+and comfortless.
+
+ About two o'clock p.m. a great alarm was given throughout the ship
+from the effects of a very heavy sea which struck her, and almost
+filled the waist, pouring down into the berths below, through every
+chink and crevice of the hatches and skylights. From the motion of
+the vessel being thus suddenly deadened or checked, and from the
+flowing in of the water above, it is believed there was not an
+individual on board who did not think, at the moment, that the
+vessel had foundered, and was in the act of sinking. The writer
+could withstand this no longer, and as soon as she again began to
+range to the sea he determined to make another effort to get upon
+deck. In the first instance, however, he groped his way in
+darkness from his own cabin through the berths of the officers,
+where all was quietness. He next entered the galley and other
+compartments occupied by the artificers. Here also all was shut up
+in darkness, the fire having been drowned out in the early part of
+the gale. Several of the artificers were employed in prayer,
+repeating psalms and other devotional exercises in a full tone of
+voice; others protesting that, if they should fortunately get once
+more on shore, no one should ever see them afloat again. With the
+assistance of the landing-master, the writer made his way, holding
+on step by step, among the numerous impediments which lay in the
+way. Such was the creaking noise of the bulk-heads or partitions,
+the dashing of the water, and the whistling noise of the winds,
+that it was hardly possible to break in upon such a confusion of
+sounds. In one or two instances, anxious and repeated inquiries
+were made by the artificers as to the state of things upon deck, to
+which the captain made the usual answer, that it could not blow
+long in this way, and that we must soon have better weather. The
+next berth in succession, moving forward in the ship, was that
+allotted for the seamen. Here the scene was considerably
+different. Having reached the middle of this darksome berth
+without its inmates being aware of any intrusion, the writer had
+the consolation of remarking that, although they talked of bad
+weather and the cross accidents of the sea, yet the conversation
+was carried on in that sort of tone and manner which bespoke an
+ease and composure of mind highly creditable to them and pleasing
+to him. The writer immediately accosted the seamen about the state
+of the ship. To these inquiries they replied that the vessel being
+light, and having but little hold of the water, no top-rigging,
+with excellent ground-tackle, and everything being fresh and new,
+they felt perfect confidence in their situation.
+
+It being impossible to open any of the hatches in the fore part of
+the ship in communicating with the deck, the watch was changed by
+passing through the several berths to the companion-stair leading
+to the quarter-deck. The writer, therefore, made the best of his
+way aft, and, on a second attempt to look out, he succeeded, and
+saw indeed an astonishing sight. The sea or waves appeared to be
+ten or fifteen feet in height of unbroken water, and every
+approaching billow seemed as if it would overwhelm our vessel, but
+she continued to rise upon the waves and to fall between the seas
+in a very wonderful manner. It seemed to be only those seas which
+caught her in the act of rising which struck her with so much
+violence and threw such quantities of water aft. On deck there was
+only one solitary individual looking out, to give the alarm in the
+event of the ship breaking from her moorings. The seaman on watch
+continued only two hours; he who kept watch at this time was a
+tall, slender man of a black complexion; he had no greatcoat nor
+over-all of any kind, but was simply dressed in his ordinary jacket
+and trousers; his hat was tied under his chin with a napkin, and he
+stood aft the foremast, to which he had lashed himself with a
+gasket or small rope round his waist, to prevent his falling upon
+deck or being washed overboard. When the writer looked up, he
+appeared to smile, which afforded a further symptom of the
+confidence of the crew in their ship. This person on watch was as
+completely wetted as if he had been drawn through the sea, which
+was given as a reason for his not putting on a greatcoat, that he
+might wet as few of his clothes as possible, and have a dry shift
+when he went below. Upon deck everything that was movable was out
+of sight, having either been stowed below, previous to the gale, or
+been washed overboard. Some trifling parts of the quarter boards
+were damaged by the breach of the sea; and one of the boats upon
+deck was about one-third full of water, the oyle-hole or drain
+having been accidently stopped up, and part of her gunwale had
+received considerable injury. These observations were hastily
+made, and not without occasionally shutting the companion, to avoid
+being wetted by the successive seas which broke over the bows and
+fell upon different parts of the deck according to the impetus with
+which the waves struck the vessel. By this time it was about three
+o'clock in the afternoon, and the gale, which had now continued
+with unabated force for twenty-seven hours, had not the least
+appearance of going off.
+
+In the dismal prospect of undergoing another night like the last,
+and being in imminent hazard of parting from our cable, the writer
+thought it necessary to advise with the master and officers of the
+ship as to the probable event of the vessel's drifting from her
+moorings. They severally gave it as their opinion that we had now
+every chance of riding out the gale, which, in all probability,
+could not continue with the same fury many hours longer; and that
+even if she should part from her anchor, the storm-sails had been
+laid to hand, and could be bent in a very short time. They further
+stated that from the direction of the wind being N.E., she would
+sail up the Firth of Forth to Leith Roads. But if this should
+appear doubtful, after passing the Island and Light of May, it
+might be advisable at once to steer for Tyningham Sands, on the
+western side of Dunbar, and there run the vessel ashore. If this
+should happen at the time of high-water, or during the ebbing of
+the tide, they were of opinion, from the flatness and strength of
+the floating light, that no danger would attend her taking the
+ground, even with a very heavy sea. The writer, seeing the
+confidence which these gentlemen possessed with regard to the
+situation of things, found himself as much relieved with this
+conversation as he had previously been with the seeming
+indifference of the forecastle men, and the smile of the watch upon
+deck, though literally lashed to the foremast. From this time he
+felt himself almost perfectly at ease; at any rate, he was entirely
+resigned to the ultimate result.
+
+About six o'clock in the evening the ship's company was heard
+moving upon deck, which on the present occasion was rather the
+cause of alarm. The writer accordingly rang his bell to know what
+was the matter, when he was informed by the steward that the
+weather looked considerably better, and that the men upon deck were
+endeavouring to ship the smoke-funnel of the galley that the people
+might get some meat. This was a more favourable account than had
+been anticipated. During the last twenty-one hours he himself had
+not only had nothing to eat, but he had almost never passed a
+thought on the subject. Upon the mention of a change of weather,
+he sent the steward to learn how the artificers felt, and on his
+return he stated that they now seemed to be all very happy, since
+the cook had begun to light the galley-fire and make preparations
+for the suet-pudding of Sunday, which was the only dish to be
+attempted for the mess, from the ease with which it could both be
+cooked and served up.
+
+The principal change felt upon the ship as the wind abated was her
+increased rolling motion, but the pitching was much diminished, and
+now hardly any sea came farther aft than the foremast: but she
+rolled so extremely hard as frequently to dip and take in water
+over the gunwales and rails in the waist. By nine o'clock all
+hands had been refreshed by the exertions of the cook and steward,
+and were happy in the prospect of the worst of the gale being over.
+The usual complement of men was also now set on watch, and more
+quietness was experienced throughout the ship. Although the
+previous night had been a very restless one, it had not the effect
+of inducing repose in the writer's berth on the succeeding night;
+for having been so much tossed about in bed during the last thirty
+hours, he found no easy spot to turn to, and his body was all sore
+to the touch, which ill accorded with the unyielding materials with
+which his bed-place was surrounded.
+
+[Monday, 7th Sept.]
+
+This morning, about eight o'clock, the writer was agreeably
+surprised to see the scuttle of his cabin sky-light removed, and
+the bright rays of the sun admitted. Although the ship continued
+to roll excessively, and the sea was still running very high, yet
+the ordinary business on board seemed to be going forward on deck.
+It was impossible to steady a telescope, so as to look minutely at
+the progress of the waves and trace their breach upon the Bell
+Rock; but the height to which the cross-running waves rose in
+sprays when they met each other was truly grand, and the continued
+roar and noise of the sea was very perceptible to the ear. To
+estimate the height of the sprays at forty or fifty feet would
+surely be within the mark. Those of the workmen who were not much
+afflicted with sea-sickness, came upon deck, and the wetness below
+being dried up, the cabins were again brought into a habitable
+state. Every one seemed to meet as if after a long absence,
+congratulating his neighbour upon the return of good weather.
+Little could be said as to the comfort of the vessel, but after
+riding out such a gale, no one felt the least doubt or hesitation
+as to the safety and good condition of her moorings. The master
+and mate were extremely anxious, however, to heave in the hempen
+cable, and see the state of the clinch or iron ring of the chain-
+cable. But the vessel rolled at such a rate that the seamen could
+not possibly keep their feet at the windlass nor work the hand-
+spikes, though it had been several times attempted since the gale
+took off.
+
+About twelve noon, however, the vessel's motion was observed to be
+considerably less, and the sailors were enabled to walk upon deck
+with some degree of freedom. But, to the astonishment of every
+one, it was soon discovered that the floating light was adrift!
+The windlass was instantly manned, and the men soon gave out that
+there was no strain upon the cable. The mizzen sail, which was
+bent for the occasional purpose of making the vessel ride more
+easily to the tide, was immediately set, and the other sails were
+also hoisted in a short time, when, in no small consternation, we
+bore away about one mile to the south-westward of the former
+station, and there let go the best bower anchor and cable in twenty
+fathoms water, to ride until the swell of the sea should fall, when
+it might be practicable to grapple for the moorings, and find a
+better anchorage for the ship.
+
+[Tuesday, 15th Sept.]
+
+This morning, at five a.m., the bell rung as a signal for landing
+upon the rock, a sound which, after a lapse of ten days, it is
+believed was welcomed by every one on board. There being a heavy
+breach of sea at the eastern creek, we landed, though not without
+difficulty, on the western side, every one seeming more eager than
+another to get upon the rock; and never did hungry men sit down to
+a hearty meal with more appetite than the artificers began to pick
+the dulse from the rocks. This marine plant had the effect of
+reviving the sickly, and seemed to be no less relished by those who
+were more hardy.
+
+While the water was ebbing, and the men were roaming in quest of
+their favourite morsel, the writer was examining the effects of the
+storm upon the forge and loose apparatus left upon the rock. Six
+large blocks of granite which had been landed, by way of
+experiment, on the 1st instant, were now removed from their places
+and, by the force of the sea, thrown over a rising ledge into a
+hole at the distance of twelve or fifteen paces from the place on
+which they had been landed. This was a pretty good evidence both
+of the violence of the storm and the agitation of the sea upon the
+rock. The safety of the smith's forge was always an object of
+essential regard. The ash-pan of the hearth or fireplace, with its
+weighty cast-iron back, had been washed from their places of
+supposed security; the chains of attachment had been broken, and
+these ponderous articles were found at a very considerable distance
+in a hole on the western side of the rock; while the tools and
+picks of the Aberdeen masons were scattered about in every
+direction. It is, however, remarkable that not a single article
+was ultimately lost.
+
+This being the night on which the floating light was advertised to
+be lighted, it was accordingly exhibited, to the great joy of every
+one.
+
+[Wednesday, 16th Sept.]
+
+The writer was made happy to-day by the return of the Lighthouse
+yacht from a voyage to the Northern Lighthouses. Having
+immediately removed on board of this fine vessel of eighty-one tons
+register, the artificers gladly followed; for, though they found
+themselves more pinched for accommodation on board of the yacht,
+and still more so in the Smeaton, yet they greatly preferred either
+of these to the Pharos, or floating light, on account of her
+rolling motion, though in all respects fitted up for their
+conveniency.
+
+The writer called them to the quarter-deck and informed them that,
+having been one mouth afloat, in terms of their agreement they were
+now at liberty to return to the workyard at Arbroath if they
+preferred this to continuing at the Bell Rock. But they replied
+that, in the prospect of soon getting the beacon erected upon the
+rock, and having made a change from the floating light, they were
+now perfectly reconciled to their situation, and would remain
+afloat till the end of the working season.
+
+[Thursday, 17th Sept.]
+
+The wind was at N.E. this morning, and though they were only light
+airs, yet there was a pretty heavy swell coming ashore upon the
+rock. The boats landed at half-past seven o'clock a.m., at the
+creek on the southern side of the rock, marked Port Hamilton. But
+as one of the boats was in the act of entering this creek, the
+seaman at the bow-oar, who had just entered the service, having
+inadvertently expressed some fear from a heavy sea which came
+rolling towards the boat, and one of the artificers having at the
+same time looked round and missed a stroke with his oar, such a
+preponderance was thus given to the rowers upon the opposite side
+that when the wave struck the boat it threw her upon a ledge of
+shelving rocks, where the water left her, and she having KANTED to
+seaward, the next wave completely filled her with water. After
+making considerable efforts the boat was again got afloat in the
+proper track of the creek, so that we landed without any other
+accident than a complete ducking. There being no possibility of
+getting a shift of clothes, the artificers began with all speed to
+work, so as to bring themselves into heat, while the writer and his
+assistants kept as much as possible in motion. Having remained
+more than an hour upon the rock, the boats left it at half-past
+nine; and, after getting on board, the writer recommended to the
+artificers, as the best mode of getting into a state of comfort, to
+strip off their wet clothes and go to bed for an hour or two. No
+further inconveniency was felt, and no one seemed to complain of
+the affection called 'catching cold.'
+
+[Friday, 18th Sept.]
+
+An important occurrence connected with the operations of this
+season was the arrival of the Smeaton at four p.m., having in tow
+the six principal beams of the beacon-house, together with all the
+stanchions and other work on board for fixing it on the rock. The
+mooring of the floating light was a great point gained, but in the
+erection of the beacon at this late period of the season new
+difficulties presented themselves. The success of such an
+undertaking at any season was precarious, because a single day of
+bad weather occurring before the necessary fixtures could be made
+might sweep the whole apparatus from the rock. Notwithstanding
+these difficulties, the writer had determined to make the trial,
+although he could almost have wished, upon looking at the state of
+the clouds and the direction of the wind, that the apparatus for
+the beacon had been still in the workyard.
+
+[Saturday, 19th Sept.]
+
+The main beams of the beacon were made up in two separate rafts,
+fixed with bars and bolts of iron. One of these rafts, not being
+immediately wanted, was left astern of the floating light, and the
+other was kept in tow by the Smeaton, at the buoy nearest to the
+rock. The Lighthouse yacht rode at another buoy with all hands on
+board that could possibly be spared out of the floating light. The
+party of artificers and seamen which landed on the rock counted
+altogether forty in number. At half-past eight o'clock a derrick,
+or mast of thirty feet in height, was erected and properly
+supported with guy-ropes, for suspending the block for raising the
+first principal beam of the beacon; and a winch machine was also
+bolted down to the rock for working the purchase-tackle.
+
+Upon raising the derrick, all hands on the rock spontaneously gave
+three hearty cheers, as a favourable omen of our future exertions
+in pointing out more permanently the position of the rock. Even to
+this single spar of timber, could it be preserved, a drowning man
+might lay hold. When the Smeaton drifted on the 2nd of this month
+such a spar would have been sufficient to save us till she could
+have come to our relief.
+
+[Sunday, 20th Sept.]
+
+The wind this morning was variable, but the weather continued
+extremely favourable for the operations throughout the whole day.
+At six a.m. the boats were in motion, and the raft, consisting of
+four of the six principal beams of the beacon-house, each measuring
+about sixteen inches square, and fifty feet in length, was towed to
+the rock, where it was anchored, that it might ground upon it as
+the water ebbed. The sailors and artificers, including all hands,
+to-day counted no fewer than fifty-two, being perhaps the greatest
+number of persons ever collected upon the Bell Rock. It was early
+in the tide when the boats reached the rock, and the men worked a
+considerable time up to their middle in water, every one being more
+eager than his neighbour to be useful. Even the four artificers
+who had hitherto declined working on Sunday were to-day most
+zealous in their exertions. They had indeed become so convinced of
+the precarious nature and necessity of the work that they never
+afterwards absented themselves from the rock on Sunday when a
+landing was practicable.
+
+Having made fast a piece of very good new line, at about two-thirds
+from the lower end of one of the beams, the purchase-tackle of the
+derrick was hooked into the turns of the line, and it was speedily
+raised by the number of men on the rock and the power of the winch
+tackle. When this log was lifted to a sufficient height, its foot,
+or lower end, was STEPPED into the spot which had been previously
+prepared for it. Two of the great iron stanchions were then set in
+their respective holes on each side of the beam, when a rope was
+passed round them and the beam, to prevent it from slipping till it
+could be more permanently fixed. The derrick, or upright spar used
+for carrying the tackle to raise the first beam, was placed in such
+a position as to become useful for supporting the upper end of it,
+which now became, in its turn, the prop of the tackle for raising
+the second beam. The whole difficulty of this operation was in the
+raising and propping of the first beam, which became a convenient
+derrick for raising the second, these again a pair of shears for
+lifting the third, and the shears a triangle for raising the
+fourth. Having thus got four of the six principal beams set on
+end, it required a considerable degree of trouble to get their
+upper ends to fit. Here they formed the apex of a cone, and were
+all together mortised into a large piece of beechwood, and secured,
+for the present, with ropes, in a temporary manner. During the
+short period of one tide all that could further be done for their
+security was to put a single screw-bolt through the great kneed
+bats or stanchions on each side of the beams, and screw the nut
+home.
+
+In this manner these four principal beams were erected, and left in
+a pretty secure state. The men had commenced while there was about
+two or three feet of water upon the side of the beacon, and as the
+sea was smooth they continued the work equally long during flood-
+tide. Two of the boats being left at the rock to take off the
+joiners, who were busily employed on the upper parts till two
+o'clock p.m., this tide's work may be said to have continued for
+about seven hours, which was the longest that had hitherto been got
+upon the rock by at least three hours.
+
+When the first boats left the rock with the artificers employed on
+the lower part of the work during the flood-tide, the beacon had
+quite a novel appearance. The beams erected formed a common base
+of about thirty-three feet, meeting at the top, which was about
+forty-five feet above the rock, and here half a dozen of the
+artificers were still at work. After clearing the rock the boats
+made a stop, when three hearty cheers were given, which were
+returned with equal goodwill by those upon the beacon, from the
+personal interest which every one felt in the prosperity of this
+work, so intimately connected with his safety.
+
+All hands having returned to their respective ships, they got a
+shift of dry clothes and some refreshment. Being Sunday, they were
+afterwards convened by signal on board of the Lighthouse yacht,
+when prayers were read; for every heart upon this occasion felt
+gladness, and every mind was disposed to be thankful for the happy
+and successful termination of the operations of this day.
+
+[Monday, 21st Sept.]
+
+The remaining two principal beams were erected in the course of
+this tide, which, with the assistance of those set up yesterday,
+was found to be a very simple operation.
+
+The six principal beams of the beacon were thus secured, at least
+in a temporary manner, in the course of two tides, or in the short
+space of about eleven hours and a half. Such is the progress that
+may be made when active hands and willing minds set properly to
+work in operations of this kind.
+
+[Tuesday 22nd, Sept.]
+
+Having now got the weighty part of this work over, and being
+thereby relieved of the difficulty both of landing and victualling
+such a number of men, the Smeaton could now be spared, and she was
+accordingly despatched to Arbroath for a supply of water and
+provisions, and carried with her six of the artificers who could
+best be spared.
+
+[Wednesday, 23rd Sept.]
+
+In going out of the eastern harbour, the boat which the writer
+steered shipped a sea, that filled her about one-third with water.
+She had also been hid for a short time, by the waves breaking upon
+the rock, from the sight of the crew of the preceding boat, who
+were much alarmed for our safety, imagining for a time that she had
+gone down.
+
+The Smeaton returned from Arbroath this afternoon, but there was so
+much sea that she could not be made fast to her moorings, and the
+vessel was obliged to return to Arbroath without being able either
+to deliver the provisions or take the artificers on board. The
+Lighthouse yacht was also soon obliged to follow her example, as
+the sea was breaking heavily over her bows. After getting two
+reefs in the mainsail, and the third or storm-jib set, the wind
+being S.W., she bent to windward, though blowing a hard gale, and
+got into St. Andrews Bay, where we passed the night under the lee
+of Fifeness.
+
+[Thursday, 24th Sept.]
+
+At two o'clock this morning we were in St. Andrews Bay, standing
+off and on shore, with strong gales of wind at S.W.; at seven we
+were off the entrance of the Tay; at eight stood towards the rock,
+and at ten passed to leeward of it, but could not attempt a
+landing. The beacon, however, appeared to remain in good order,
+and by six p.m. the vessel had again beaten up to St. Andrews Bay,
+and got into somewhat smoother water for the night.
+
+[Friday, 25th Sept.]
+
+At seven o'clock bore away for the Bell Rock, but finding a heavy
+sea running on it were unable to land. The writer, however, had
+the satisfaction to observe, with his telescope, that everything
+about the beacon appeared entire: and although the sea had a most
+frightful appearance, yet it was the opinion of every one that,
+since the erection of the beacon, the Bell Rock was divested of
+many of its terrors, and had it been possible to have got the boats
+hoisted out and manned, it might have even been found practicable
+to land. At six it blew so hard that it was found necessary to
+strike the topmast and take in a third reef of the mainsail, and
+under this low canvas we soon reached St. Andrews Bay, and got
+again under the lee of the land for the night. The artificers,
+being sea-hardy, were quite reconciled to their quarters on board
+of the Lighthouse yacht; but it is believed that hardly any
+consideration would have induced them again to take up their abode
+in the floating light.
+
+[Saturday, 26th Sept.]
+
+At daylight the yacht steered towards the Bell Rock, and at eight
+a.m. made fast to her moorings; at ten, all hands, to the amount of
+thirty, landed, when the writer had the happiness to find that the
+beacon had withstood the violence of the gale and the heavy breach
+of sea, everything being found in the same state in which it had
+been left on the 21st. The artificers were now enabled to work
+upon the rock throughout the whole day, both at low and high water,
+but it required the strictest attention to the state of the
+weather, in case of their being overtaken with a gale, which might
+prevent the possibility of getting them off the rock.
+
+Two somewhat memorable circumstances in the annals of the Bell Rock
+attended the operations of this day: one was the removal of Mr.
+James Dove, the foreman smith, with his apparatus, from the rock to
+the upper part of the beacon, where the forge was now erected on a
+temporary platform, laid on the cross beams or upper framing. The
+other was the artificers having dined for the first time upon the
+rock, their dinner being cooked on board of the yacht, and sent to
+them by one of the boats. But what afforded the greatest happiness
+and relief was the removal of the large bellows, which had all
+along been a source of much trouble and perplexity, by their
+hampering and incommoding the boat which carried the smiths and
+their apparatus.
+
+[Saturday, 3rd Oct.]
+
+The wind being west to-day, the weather was very favourable for
+operations at the rock, and during the morning and evening tides,
+with the aid of torchlight, the masons had seven hours' work upon
+the site of the building. The smiths and joiners, who landed at
+half-past six a.m., did not leave the rock till a quarter-past
+eleven p.m., having been at work, with little intermission, for
+sixteen hours and three-quarters. When the water left the rock,
+they were employed at the lower parts of the beacon, and as the
+tide rose or fell, they shifted the place of their operations.
+From these exertions, the fixing and securing of the beacon made
+rapid advancement, as the men were now landed in the morning and
+remained throughout the day. But, as a sudden change of weather
+might have prevented their being taken off at the proper time of
+tide, a quantity of bread and water was always kept on the beacon.
+
+During this period of working at the beacon all the day, and often
+a great part of the night, the writer was much on board of the
+tender; but, while the masons could work on the rock, and
+frequently also while it was covered by the tide, he remained on
+the beacon; especially during the night, as he made a point of
+being on the rock to the latest hour, and was generally the last
+person who stepped into the boat. He had laid this down as part of
+his plan of procedure; and in this way had acquired, in the course
+of the first season, a pretty complete knowledge and experience of
+what could actually be done at the Bell Rock, under all
+circumstances of the weather. By this means also his assistants,
+and the artificers and mariners, got into a systematic habit of
+proceeding at the commencement of the work, which, it is believed,
+continued throughout the whole of the operations.
+
+[Sunday, 4th Oct.]
+
+The external part of the beacon was now finished, with its supports
+and bracing-chains, and whatever else was considered necessary for
+its stability in so far as the season would permit; and although
+much was still wanting to complete this fabric, yet it was in such
+a state that it could be left without much fear of the consequences
+of a storm. The painting of the upper part was nearly finished
+this afternoon; and the Smeaton had brought off a quantity of
+brushwood and other articles, for the purpose of heating or
+charring the lower part of the principal beams, before being laid
+over with successive coats of boiling pitch, to the height of from
+eight to twelve feet, or as high as the rise of spring-tides. A
+small flagstaff having also been erected to-day, a flag was
+displayed for the first time from the beacon, by which its
+perspective effect was greatly improved. On this, as on all like
+occasions at the Bell Rock, three hearty cheers were given; and the
+steward served out a dram of rum to all hands, while the Lighthouse
+yacht, Smeaton, and floating light, hoisted their colours in
+compliment to the erection.
+
+[Monday, 5th Oct.]
+
+In the afternoon, and just as the tide's work was over, Mr. John
+Rennie, engineer, accompanied by his son Mr. George, on their way
+to the harbour works of Fraserburgh, in Aberdeenshire, paid a visit
+to the Bell Rock, in a boat from Arbroath. It being then too late
+in the tide for landing, they remained on board of the Lighthouse
+yacht all night, when the writer, who had now been secluded from
+society for several weeks, enjoyed much of Mr. Rennie's interesting
+conversation, both on general topics, and professionally upon the
+progress of the Bell Rock works, on which he was consulted as chief
+engineer.
+
+[Tuesday, 6th Oct.]
+
+The artificers landed this morning at nine, after which one of the
+boats returned to the ship for the writer and Messrs. Rennie, who,
+upon landing, were saluted with a display of the colours from the
+beacon and by three cheers from the workmen. Everything was now in
+a prepared state for leaving the rock, and giving up the works
+afloat for this season, excepting some small articles, which would
+still occupy the smiths and joiners for a few days longer. They
+accordingly shifted on board of the Smeaton, while the yacht left
+the rock for Arbroath, with Messrs. Rennie, the writer, and the
+remainder of the artificers. But, before taking leave, the steward
+served out a farewell glass, when three hearty cheers were given,
+and an earnest wish expressed that everything, in the spring of
+1808, might be found in the same state of good order as it was now
+about to be left.
+
+
+II--OPERATIONS OF 1808
+
+
+[Monday, 29th Feb.]
+
+The writer sailed from Arbroath at one a.m. in the Lighthouse
+yacht. At seven the floating light was hailed, and all on board
+found to be well. The crew were observed to have a very healthy-
+like appearance, and looked better than at the close of the works
+upon the rock. They seemed only to regret one thing, which was the
+secession of their cook, Thomas Elliot--not on account of his
+professional skill, but for his facetious and curious manner.
+Elliot had something peculiar in his history, and was reported by
+his comrades to have seen better days. He was, however, happy with
+his situation on board of the floating light, and, having a taste
+for music, dancing, and acting plays, he contributed much to the
+amusement of the ship's company in their dreary abode during the
+winter months. He had also recommended himself to their notice as
+a good shipkeeper, for as it did not answer Elliot to go often
+ashore, he had always given up his turn of leave to his neighbours.
+At his own desire he was at length paid off, when he had a
+considerable balance of wages to receive, which he said would be
+sufficient to carry him to the West Indies, and he accordingly took
+leave of the Lighthouse service.
+
+[Tuesday, 1st March]
+
+At daybreak the Lighthouse yacht, attended by a boat from the
+floating light, again stood towards the Bell Rock. The weather
+felt extremely cold this morning, the thermometer being at 34
+degrees, with the wind at east, accompanied by occasional showers
+of snow, and the marine barometer indicated 29.80. At half-past
+seven the sea ran with such force upon the rock that it seemed
+doubtful if a landing could be effected. At half-past eight, when
+it was fairly above water, the writer took his place in the
+floating light's boat with the artificers, while the yacht's boat
+followed, according to the general rule of having two boats afloat
+in landing expeditions of this kind, that, in case of accident to
+one boat, the other might assist. In several unsuccessful attempts
+the boats were beat back by the breach of the sea upon the rock.
+On the eastern side it separated into two distinct waves, which
+came with a sweep round to the western side, where they met; and at
+the instance of their confluence the water rose in spray to a
+considerable height. Watching what the sailors term a SMOOTH, we
+caught a favourable opportunity, and in a very dexterous manner the
+boats were rowed between the two seas, and made a favourable
+landing at the western creek.
+
+At the latter end of last season, as was formerly noticed, the
+beacon was painted white, and from the bleaching of the weather and
+the sprays of the sea the upper parts were kept clean; but within
+the range of the tide the principal beams were observed to be
+thickly coated with a green stuff, the conferva of botanists.
+Notwithstanding the intrusion of these works, which had formerly
+banished the numerous seals that played about the rock, they were
+now seen in great numbers, having been in an almost undisturbed
+state for six months. It had now also, for the first time, got
+some inhabitants of the feathered tribe: in particular the scarth
+or cormorant, and the large herring-gull, had made the beacon a
+resting-place, from its vicinity to their fishing-grounds. About a
+dozen of these birds had rested upon the cross-beams, which, in
+some places, were coated with their dung; and their flight, as the
+boats approached, was a very unlooked-for indication of life and
+habitation on the Bell Rock, conveying the momentary idea of the
+conversion of this fatal rock, from being a terror to the mariner,
+into a residence of man and a safeguard to shipping.
+
+Upon narrowly examining the great iron stanchions with which the
+beams were fixed to the rock, the writer had the satisfaction of
+finding that there was not the least appearance of working or
+shifting at any of the joints or places of connection; and,
+excepting the loosening of the bracing-chains, everything was found
+in the same entire state in which it had been left in the month of
+October. This, in the estimation of the writer, was a matter of no
+small importance to the future success of the work. He from that
+moment saw the practicability and propriety of fitting up the
+beacon, not only as a place of refuge in case of accident to the
+boats in landing, but as a residence for the artificers during the
+working months.
+
+While upon the top of the beacon the writer was reminded by the
+landing-master that the sea was running high, and that it would be
+necessary to set off while the rock afforded anything like shelter
+to the boats, which by this time had been made fast by a long line
+to the beacon, and rode with much agitation, each requiring two men
+with boat-hooks to keep them from striking each other, or from
+ranging up against the beacon. But even under these circumstances
+the greatest confidence was felt by every one, from the security
+afforded by this temporary erection. For, supposing the wind had
+suddenly increased to a gale, and that it had been found
+unadvisable to go into the boats; or, supposing they had drifted or
+sprung a leak from striking upon the rocks; in any of these
+possible and not at all improbable cases, those who might thus have
+been left upon the rock had now something to lay hold of, and,
+though occupying this dreary habitation of the sea-gull and the
+cormorant, affording only bread and water, yet LIFE, would be
+preserved, and the mind would still be supported by the hope of
+being ultimately relieved.
+
+[Wednesday, 25th May]
+
+On the 25th of May the writer embarked at Arbroath, on board of the
+Sir Joseph Banks, for the Bell Rock, accompanied by Mr. Logan
+senior, foreman builder, with twelve masons and two smiths,
+together with thirteen seamen, including the master, mate, and
+steward.
+
+[Thursday, 26th May]
+
+Mr. James Wilson, now commander of the Pharos, floating light, and
+landing-master, in the room of Mr. Sinclair, who had left the
+service, came into the writer's cabin this morning at six o'clock,
+and intimated that there was a good appearance of landing on the
+rock. Everything being arranged, both boats proceeded in company,
+and at eight a.m. they reached the rock. The lighthouse colours
+were immediately hoisted upon the flagstaff of the beacon, a
+compliment which was duly returned by the tender and floating
+light, when three hearty cheers were given, and a glass of rum was
+served out to all hands to drink success to the operations of 1808.
+
+[Friday, 27th May]
+
+This morning the wind was at east, blowing a fresh gale, the
+weather being hazy, with a considerable breach of sea setting in
+upon the rock. The morning bell was therefore rung, in some doubt
+as to the practicability of making a landing. After allowing the
+rock to get fully up, or to be sufficiently left by the tide, that
+the boats might have some shelter from the range of the sea, they
+proceeded at 8 a.m., and upon the whole made a pretty good landing;
+and after two hours and three-quarters' work returned to the ship
+in safety.
+
+In the afternoon the wind considerably increased, and, as a pretty
+heavy sea was still running, the tender rode very hard, when Mr.
+Taylor, the commander, found it necessary to take in the bowsprit,
+and strike the fore and main topmasts, that she might ride more
+easily. After consulting about the state of the weather, it was
+resolved to leave the artificers on board this evening, and carry
+only the smiths to the rock, as the sharpening of the irons was
+rather behind, from their being so much broken and blunted by the
+hard and tough nature of the rock, which became much more compact
+and hard as the depth of excavation was increased. Besides
+avoiding the risk of encumbering the boats with a number of men who
+had not yet got the full command of the oar in a breach of sea, the
+writer had another motive for leaving them behind. He wanted to
+examine the site of the building without interruption, and to take
+the comparative levels of the different inequalities of its area;
+and as it would have been painful to have seen men standing idle
+upon the Bell Rock, where all moved with activity, it was judged
+better to leave them on board. The boats landed at half-past seven
+p.m., and the landing-master, with the seamen, was employed during
+this tide in cutting the seaweeds from the several paths leading to
+the landing-places, to render walking more safe, for, from the
+slippery state of the surface of the rock, many severe tumbles had
+taken place. In the meantime the writer took the necessary levels,
+and having carefully examined the site of the building and
+considered all its parts, it still appeared to be necessary to
+excavate to the average depth of fourteen inches over the whole
+area of the foundation.
+
+[Saturday, 28th May]
+
+The wind still continued from the eastward with a heavy swell; and
+to-day it was accompanied with foggy weather and occasional showers
+of rain. Notwithstanding this, such was the confidence which the
+erection of the beacon had inspired that the boats landed the
+artificers on the rock under very unpromising circumstances, at
+half-past eight, and they continued at work till half-past eleven,
+being a period of three hours, which was considered a great tide's
+work in the present low state of the foundation. Three of the
+masons on board were so afflicted with sea-sickness that they had
+not been able to take any food for almost three days, and they were
+literally assisted into the boats this morning by their companions.
+It was, however, not a little surprising to see how speedily these
+men revived upon landing on the rock and eating a little dulse.
+Two of them afterwards assisted the sailors in collecting the chips
+of stone and carrying them out of the way of the pickmen; but the
+third complained of a pain in his head, and was still unable to do
+anything. Instead of returning to the tender with the boats, these
+three men remained on the beacon all day, and had their victuals
+sent to them along with the smiths'. From Mr. Dove, the foreman
+smith, they had much sympathy, for he preferred remaining on the
+beacon at all hazards, to be himself relieved from the malady of
+sea-sickness. The wind continuing high, with a heavy sea, and the
+tide falling late, it was not judged proper to land the artificers
+this evening, but in the twilight the boats were sent to fetch the
+people on board who had been left on the rock.
+
+[Sunday, 29th May]
+
+The wind was from the S.W. to-day, and the signal-bell rung, as
+usual, about an hour before the period for landing on the rock.
+The writer was rather surprised, however, to hear the landing-
+master repeatedly call, 'All hands for the rock!' and, coming on
+deck, he was disappointed to find the seamen only in the boats.
+Upon inquiry, it appeared that some misunderstanding had taken
+place about the wages of the artificers for Sundays. They had
+preferred wages for seven days statedly to the former mode of
+allowing a day for each tide's work on Sunday, as they did not like
+the appearance of working for double or even treble wages on
+Sunday, and would rather have it understood that their work on that
+day arose more from the urgency of the case than with a view to
+emolument. This having been judged creditable to their religious
+feelings, and readily adjusted to their wish, the boats proceeded
+to the rock, and the work commenced at nine a.m.
+
+[Monday, 30th May]
+
+Mr. Francis Watt commenced, with five joiners, to fit up a
+temporary platform upon the beacon, about twenty-five feet above
+the highest part of the rock. This platform was to be used as the
+site of the smith's forge, after the beacon should be fitted up as
+a barrack; and here also the mortar was to be mixed and prepared
+for the building, and it was accordingly termed the Mortar Gallery.
+
+The landing-master's crew completed the discharging from the
+Smeaton of her cargo of the cast-iron rails and timber. It must
+not here be omitted to notice that the Smeaton took in ballast from
+the Bell Rock, consisting of the shivers or chips of stone produced
+by the workmen in preparing the site of the building, which were
+now accumulating in great quantities on the rock. These the boats
+loaded, after discharging the iron. The object in carrying off
+these chips, besides ballasting the vessel, was to get them
+permanently out of the way, as they were apt to shift about from
+place to place with every gale of wind; and it often required a
+considerable time to clear the foundation a second time of this
+rubbish. The circumstance of ballasting a ship at the Bell Rock
+afforded great entertainment, especially to the sailors; and it was
+perhaps with truth remarked that the Smeaton was the first vessel
+that had ever taken on board ballast at the Bell Rock. Mr. Pool,
+the commander of this vessel, afterwards acquainted the writer
+that, when the ballast was landed upon the quay at Leith, many
+persons carried away specimens of it, as part of a cargo from the
+Bell Rock; when he added, that such was the interest excited, from
+the number of specimens carried away, that some of his friends
+suggested that he should have sent the whole to the Cross of
+Edinburgh, where each piece might have sold for a penny.
+
+[Tuesday, 31st May]
+
+In the evening the boats went to the rock, and brought the joiners
+and smiths, and their sickly companions, on board of the tender.
+These also brought with them two baskets full of fish, which they
+had caught at high-water from the beacon, reporting, at the same
+time, to their comrades, that the fish were swimming in such
+numbers over the rock at high-water that it was completely hid from
+their sight, and nothing seen but the movement of thousands of
+fish. They were almost exclusively of the species called the
+podlie, or young coal-fish. This discovery, made for the first
+time to-day by the workmen, was considered fortunate, as an
+additional circumstance likely to produce an inclination among the
+artificers to take up their residence in the beacon, when it came
+to be fitted up as a barrack.
+
+[Tuesday, 7th June]
+
+At three o'clock in the morning the ship's bell was rung as the
+signal for landing at the rock. When the landing was to be made
+before breakfast, it was customary to give each of the artificers
+and seamen a dram and a biscuit, and coffee was prepared by the
+steward for the cabins. Exactly at four o'clock the whole party
+landed from three boats, including one of those belonging to the
+floating light, with a part of that ship's crew, which always
+attended the works in moderate weather. The landing-master's boat,
+called the Seaman, but more commonly called the Lifeboat, took the
+lead. The next boat, called the Mason, was generally steered by
+the writer; while the floating light's boat, Pharos, was under the
+management of the boatswain of that ship.
+
+Having now so considerable a party of workmen and sailors on the
+rock, it may be proper here to notice how their labours were
+directed. Preparations having been made last month for the
+erection of a second forge upon the beacon, the smiths commenced
+their operations both upon the lower and higher platforms. They
+were employed in sharpening the picks and irons for the masons, and
+in making bats and other apparatus of various descriptions
+connected with the fitting of the railways. The landing-master's
+crew were occupied in assisting the millwrights in laying the
+railways to hand. Sailors, of all other descriptions of men, are
+the most accommodating in the use of their hands. They worked
+freely with the boring-irons, and assisted in all the operations of
+the railways, acting by turns as boatmen, seamen, and artificers.
+We had no such character on the Bell Rock as the common labourer.
+All the operations of this department were cheerfully undertaken by
+the seamen, who, both on the rock and on shipboard, were the
+inseparable companions of every work connected with the erection of
+the Bell Rock Lighthouse. It will naturally be supposed that about
+twenty-five masons, occupied with their picks in executing and
+preparing the foundation of the lighthouse, in the course of a tide
+of about three hours, would make a considerable impression upon an
+area even of forty-two feet in diameter. But in proportion as the
+foundation was deepened, the rock was found to be much more hard
+and difficult to work, while the baling and pumping of water became
+much more troublesome. A joiner was kept almost constantly
+employed in fitting the picks to their handles, which, as well as
+the points to the irons, were very frequently broken.
+
+The Bell Rock this morning presented by far the most busy and
+active appearance it had exhibited since the erection of the
+principal beams of the beacon. The surface of the rock was crowded
+with men, the two forges flaming, the one above the other, upon the
+beacon, while the anvils thundered with the rebounding noise of
+their wooden supports, and formed a curious contrast with the
+occasional clamour of the surges. The wind was westerly, and the
+weather being extremely agreeable, as soon after breakfast as the
+tide had sufficiently overflowed the rock to float the boats over
+it, the smiths, with a number of the artificers, returned to the
+beacon, carrying their fishing-tackle along with them. In the
+course of the forenoon, the beacon exhibited a still more
+extraordinary appearance than the rock had done in the morning.
+The sea being smooth, it seemed to be afloat upon the water, with a
+number of men supporting themselves in all the variety of attitude
+and position: while, from the upper part of this wooden house, the
+volumes of smoke which ascended from the forges gave the whole a
+very curious and fanciful appearance.
+
+In the course of this tide it was observed that a heavy swell was
+setting in from the eastward, and the appearance of the sky
+indicated a change of weather, while the wind was shifting about.
+The barometer also had fallen from 30 in. to 29.6. It was,
+therefore, judged prudent to shift the vessel to the S.W. or more
+distant buoy. Her bowsprit was also soon afterwards taken in, the
+topmasts struck, and everything made SNUG, as seamen term it, for a
+gale. During the course of the night the wind increased and
+shifted to the eastward, when the vessel rolled very hard, and the
+sea often broke over her bows with great force.
+
+[Wednesday, 8th June]
+
+Although the motion of the tender was much less than that of the
+floating light--at least, in regard to the rolling motion--yet she
+SENDED, or pitched, much. Being also of a very handsome build, and
+what seamen term very CLEAN AFT, the sea often struck the counter
+with such force that the writer, who possessed the aftermost cabin,
+being unaccustomed to this new vessel, could not divest himself of
+uneasiness; for when her stern fell into the sea, it struck with so
+much violence as to be more like the resistance of a rock than the
+sea. The water, at the same time, often rushed with great force up
+the rudder-case, and, forcing up the valve of the water-closet, the
+floor of his cabin was at times laid under water. The gale
+continued to increase, and the vessel rolled and pitched in such a
+manner that the hawser by which the tender was made fast to the
+buoy snapped, and she went adrift. In the act of swinging round to
+the wind she shipped a very heavy sea, which greatly alarmed the
+artificers, who imagined that we had got upon the rock; but this,
+from the direction of the wind, was impossible. The writer,
+however, sprung upon deck, where he found the sailors busily
+employed in rigging out the bowsprit and in setting sail. From the
+easterly direction of the wind, it was considered most advisable to
+steer for the Firth of Forth, and there wait a change of weather.
+At two p.m. we accordingly passed the Isle of May, at six anchored
+in Leith Roads, and at eight the writer landed, when he came in
+upon his friends, who were not a little surprised at his unexpected
+appearance, which gave an instantaneous alarm for the safety of
+things at the Bell Rock.
+
+[Thursday, 9th June]
+
+The wind still continued to blow very hard at E. by N., and the Sir
+Joseph Banks rode heavily, and even drifted with both anchors
+ahead, in Leith Roads. The artificers did not attempt to leave the
+ship last night; but there being upwards of fifty people on board,
+and the decks greatly lumbered with the two large boats, they were
+in a very crowded and impatient state on board. But to-day they
+got ashore, and amused themselves by walking about the streets of
+Edinburgh, some in very humble apparel, from having only the worst
+of their jackets with them, which, though quite suitable for their
+work, were hardly fit for public inspection, being not only
+tattered, but greatly stained with the red colour of the rock.
+
+[Friday, 10th June]
+
+To-day the wind was at S.E., with light breezes and foggy weather.
+At six a.m. the writer again embarked for the Bell Rock, when the
+vessel immediately sailed. At eleven p.m., there being no wind,
+the kedge-anchor was LET GO off Anstruther, one of the numerous
+towns on the coast of Fife, where we waited the return of the tide.
+
+[Saturday, 11th June]
+
+At six a.m. the Sir Joseph got under weigh, and at eleven was again
+made fast to the southern buoy at the Bell Rock. Though it was now
+late in the tide, the writer, being anxious to ascertain the state
+of things after the gale, landed with the artificers to the number
+of forty-four. Everything was found in an entire state; but, as
+the tide was nearly gone, only half an hour's work had been got
+when the site of the building was overflowed. In the evening the
+boats again landed at nine, and after a good tide's work of three
+hours with torchlight, the work was left off at midnight. To the
+distant shipping the appearance of things under night on the Bell
+Rock, when the work was going forward, must have been very
+remarkable, especially to those who were strangers to the
+operations. Mr. John Reid, principal lightkeeper, who also acted
+as master of the floating light during the working months at the
+rock, described the appearance of numerous lights situated so low
+in the water, when seen at the distance of two or three miles, as
+putting him in mind of Milton's description of the fiends in the
+lower regions, adding, 'for it seems greatly to surpass Will-o'-
+the-Wisp, or any of those earthly spectres of which we have so
+often heard.'
+
+[Monday, 13th June]
+
+From the difficulties attending the landing on the rock, owing to
+the breach of sea which had for days past been around it, the
+artificers showed some backwardness at getting into the boats this
+morning; but after a little explanation this was got over. It was
+always observable that for some time after anything like danger had
+occurred at the rock, the workmen became much more cautious, and on
+some occasions their timidity was rather troublesome. It
+fortunately happened, however, that along with the writer's
+assistants and the sailors there were also some of the artificers
+themselves who felt no such scruples, and in this way these
+difficulties were the more easily surmounted. In matters where
+life is in danger it becomes necessary to treat even unfounded
+prejudices with tenderness, as an accident, under certain
+circumstances, would not only have been particularly painful to
+those giving directions, but have proved highly detrimental to the
+work, especially in the early stages of its advancement.
+
+At four o'clock fifty-eight persons landed; but the tides being
+extremely languid, the water only left the higher parts of the
+rock, and no work could be done at the site of the building. A
+third forge was, however, put in operation during a short time, for
+the greater conveniency of sharpening the picks and irons, and for
+purposes connected with the preparations for fixing the railways on
+the rock. The weather towards the evening became thick and foggy,
+and there was hardly a breath of wind to ruffle the surface of the
+water. Had it not, therefore, been for the noise from the anvils
+of the smiths who had been left on the beacon throughout the day,
+which afforded a guide for the boats, a landing could not have been
+attempted this evening, especially with such a company of
+artificers. This circumstance confirmed the writer's opinion with
+regard to the propriety of connecting large bells to be rung with
+machinery in the lighthouse, to be tolled day and night during the
+continuance of foggy weather.
+
+[Thursday, 23rd June]
+
+The boats landed this evening, when the artificers had again two
+hours' work. The weather still continuing very thick and foggy,
+more difficulty was experienced in getting on board of the vessels
+to-night than had occurred on any previous occasion, owing to a
+light breeze of wind which carried the sound of the bell, and the
+other signals made on board of the vessels, away from the rock.
+Having fortunately made out the position of the sloop Smeaton at
+the N.E. buoy--to which we were much assisted by the barking of the
+ship's dog,--we parted with the Smeaton's boat, when the boats of
+the tender took a fresh departure for that vessel, which lay about
+half a mile to the south-westward. Yet such is the very deceiving
+state of the tides, that, although there was a small binnacle and
+compass in the landing-master's boat, we had, nevertheless, passed
+the Sir Joseph a good way, when, fortunately, one of the sailors
+catched the sound of a blowing-horn. The only fire-arms on board
+were a pair of swivels of one-inch calibre; but it is quite
+surprising how much the sound is lost in foggy weather, as the
+report was heard but at a very short distance. The sound from the
+explosion of gunpowder is so instantaneous that the effect of the
+small guns was not so good as either the blowing of a horn or the
+tolling of a bell, which afforded a more constant and steady
+direction for the pilot.
+
+[Wednesday, 6th July]
+
+Landed on the rock with the three boats belonging to the tender at
+five p.m., and began immediately to bale the water out of the
+foundation-pit with a number of buckets, while the pumps were also
+kept in action with relays of artificers and seamen. The work
+commenced upon the higher parts of the foundation as the water left
+them, but it was now pretty generally reduced to a level. About
+twenty men could be conveniently employed at each pump, and it is
+quite astonishing in how short a time so great a body of water
+could be drawn off. The water in the foundation-pit at this time
+measured about two feet in depth, on an area of forty-two feet in
+diameter, and yet it was drawn off in the course of about half an
+hour. After this the artificers commenced with their picks and
+continued at work for two hours and a half, some of the sailors
+being at the same time busily employed in clearing the foundation
+of chips and in conveying the irons to and from the smiths on the
+beacon, where they were sharped. At eight o'clock the sea broke in
+upon us and overflowed the foundation-pit, when the boats returned
+to the tender.
+
+[Thursday, 7th July]
+
+The landing-master's bell rung this morning about four o'clock, and
+at half-past five, the foundation being cleared, the work commenced
+on the site of the building. But from the moment of landing, the
+squad of joiners and millwrights was at work upon the higher parts
+of the rock in laying the railways, while the anvils of the smith
+resounded on the beacon, and such columns of smoke ascended from
+the forges that they were often mistaken by strangers at a distance
+for a ship on fire. After continuing three hours at work the
+foundation of the building was again overflowed, and the boats
+returned to the ship at half-past eight o'clock. the masons and
+pickmen had, at this period, a pretty long day on board of the
+tender, but the smiths and joiners were kept constantly at work
+upon the beacon, the stability and great conveniency of which had
+now been so fully shown that no doubt remained as to the propriety
+of fitting it up as a barrack. The workmen were accordingly
+employed, during the period of high-water, in making preparations
+for this purpose.
+
+The foundation-pit now assumed the appearance of a great platform,
+and the late tides had been so favourable that it became apparent
+that the first course, consisting of a few irregular and detached
+stones for making up certain inequalities in the interior parts of
+the site of the building, might be laid in the course of the
+present spring-tides. Having been enabled to-day to get the
+dimensions of the foundation, or first stone, accurately taken, a
+mould was made of its figure, when the writer left the rock, after
+the tide's work of this morning, in a fast rowing-boat for
+Arbroath; and, upon landing, two men were immediately set to work
+upon one of the blocks from Mylnefield quarry, which was prepared
+in the course of the following day, as the stone-cutters relieved
+each other, and worked both night and day, so that it was sent off
+in one of the stone-lighters without delay.
+
+[Saturday, 9th July]
+
+The site of the foundation-stone was very difficult to work, from
+its depth in the rock; but being now nearly prepared, it formed a
+very agreeable kind of pastime at high-water for all hands to land
+the stone itself upon the rock. The landing-master's crew and
+artificers accordingly entered with great spirit into this
+operation. The stone was placed upon the deck of the Hedderwick
+praam-boat, which had just been brought from Leith, and was
+decorated with colours for the occasion. Flags were also displayed
+from the shipping in the offing, and upon the beacon. Here the
+writer took his station with the greater part of the artificers,
+who supported themselves in every possible position while the boats
+towed the praam from her moorings and brought her immediately over
+the site of the building, where her grappling anchors were let go.
+The stone was then lifted off the deck by a tackle hooked into a
+Lewis bat inserted into it, when it was gently lowered into the
+water and grounded on the site of the building, amidst the cheering
+acclamations of about sixty persons.
+
+[Sunday, 10th July]
+
+At eleven o'clock the foundation-stone was laid to hand. It was of
+a square form, containing about twenty cubic feet, and had the
+figures, or date, of 1808 simply cut upon it with a chisel. A
+derrick, or spar of timber, having been erected at the edge of the
+hole and guyed with ropes, the stone was then hooked to the tackle
+and lowered into its place, when the writer, attended by his
+assistants--Mr. Peter Logan, Mr. Francis Watt, and Mr. James
+Wilson,--applied the square, the level, and the mallet, and
+pronounced the following benediction: 'May the great Architect of
+the Universe complete and bless this building,' on which three
+hearty cheers were given, and success to the future operations was
+drunk with the greatest enthusiasm.
+
+[Tuesday, 26th July]
+
+The wind being at S.E. this evening, we had a pretty heavy swell of
+sea upon the rock, and some difficulty attended our getting off in
+safety, as the boats got aground in the creek and were in danger of
+being upset. Upon extinguishing the torchlights, about twelve in
+number, the darkness of the night seemed quite horrible; the water
+being also much charged with the phosphorescent appearance which is
+familiar to every one on shipboard, the waves, as they dashed upon
+the rock, were in some degree like so much liquid flame. The
+scene, upon the whole, was truly awful!
+
+[Wednesday, 27th July]
+
+In leaving the rock this evening everything, after the torches were
+extinguished, had the same dismal appearance as last night, but so
+perfectly acquainted were the landing-master and his crew with the
+position of things at the rock, that comparatively little
+inconveniency was experienced on these occasions when the weather
+was moderate; such is the effect of habit, even in the most
+unpleasant situations. If, for example, it had been proposed to a
+person accustomed to a city life, at once to take up his quarters
+off a sunken reef and land upon it in boats at all hours of the
+night, the proposition must have appeared quite impracticable and
+extravagant; but this practice coming progressively upon the
+artificers, it was ultimately undertaken with the greatest
+alacrity. Notwithstanding this, however, it must be acknowledged
+that it was not till after much labour and peril, and many an
+anxious hour, that the writer is enabled to state that the site of
+the Bell Rock Lighthouse is fully prepared for the first entire
+course of the building.
+
+[Friday, 12th Aug.]
+
+The artificers landed this morning at half-past ten, and after an
+hour and a half's work eight stones were laid, which completed the
+first entire course of the building, consisting of 123 blocks, the
+last of which was laid with three hearty cheers.
+
+[Saturday, 10th Sept.]
+
+Landed at nine a.m., and by a quarter-past twelve noon twenty-three
+stones had been laid. The works being now somewhat elevated by the
+lower courses, we got quit of the very serious inconvenience of
+pumping water to clear the foundation-pit. This gave much facility
+to the operations, and was noticed with expressions of as much
+happiness by the artificers as the seamen had shown when relieved
+of the continual trouble of carrying the smith's bellows off the
+rock prior to the erection of the beacon.
+
+[Wednesday, 21st Sept.]
+
+Mr. Thomas Macurich, mate of the Smeaton, and James Scott, one of
+the crew, a young man about eighteen years of age, immediately went
+into their boat to make fast a hawser to the ring in the top of the
+floating buoy of the moorings, and were forthwith to proceed to
+land their cargo, so much wanted, at the rock. The tides at this
+period were very strong, and the mooring-chain, when sweeping the
+ground, had caught hold of a rock or piece of wreck by which the
+chain was so shortened that when the tide flowed the buoy got
+almost under water, and little more than the ring appeared at the
+surface. When Macurich and Scott were in the act of making the
+hawser fast to the ring, the chain got suddenly disentangled at the
+bottom, and this large buoy, measuring about seven feet in height
+and three feet in diameter at the middle, tapering to both ends,
+being what seamen term a Nun-buoy, vaulted or sprung up with such
+force that it upset the boat, which instantly filled with water.
+Mr. Macurich, with much exertion, succeeded in getting hold of the
+boat's gunwale, still above the surface of the water, and by this
+means was saved; but the young man Scott was unfortunately drowned.
+He had in all probability been struck about the head by the ring of
+the buoy, for although surrounded with the oars and the thwarts of
+the boat which floated near him, yet he seemed entirely to want the
+power of availing himself of such assistance, and appeared to be
+quite insensible, while Pool, the master of the Smeaton, called
+loudly to him; and before assistance could be got from the tender,
+he was carried away by the strength of the current and disappeared.
+
+The young man Scott was a great favourite in the service, having
+had something uncommonly mild and complaisant in his manner; and
+his loss was therefore universally regretted. The circumstances of
+his case were also peculiarly distressing to his mother, as her
+husband, who was a seaman, had for three years past been confined
+to a French prison, and the deceased was the chief support of the
+family. In order in some measure to make up the loss to the poor
+woman for the monthly aliment regularly allowed her by her late
+son, it was suggested that a younger boy, a brother of the
+deceased, might be taken into the service. This appeared to be
+rather a delicate proposition, but it was left to the landing-
+master to arrange according to circumstances; such was the
+resignation, and at the same time the spirit, of the poor woman,
+that she readily accepted the proposal, and in a few days the
+younger Scott was actually afloat in the place of his brother. On
+representing this distressing case to the Board, the Commissioners
+were pleased to grant an annuity of 5 pounds to Scott's mother.
+
+The Smeaton, not having been made fast to the buoy, had, with the
+ebb-tide, drifted to leeward a considerable way eastward of the
+rock, and could not, till the return of the flood-tide, be worked
+up to her moorings, so that the present tide was lost,
+notwithstanding all exertions which had been made both ashore and
+afloat with this cargo. The artificers landed at six a.m.; but, as
+no materials could be got upon the rock this morning, they were
+employed in boring trenail holes and in various other operations,
+and after four hours' work they returned on board the tender. When
+the Smeaton got up to her moorings, the landing-master's crew
+immediately began to unload her. There being too much wind for
+towing the praams in the usual way, they were warped to the rock in
+the most laborious manner by their windlasses, with successive
+grapplings and hawsers laid out for this purpose. At six p.m. the
+artificers landed, and continued at work till half-past ten, when
+the remaining seventeen stones were laid which completed the third
+entire course, or fourth of the lighthouse, with which the building
+operations were closed for the season.
+
+
+III--OPERATIONS OF 1809
+
+
+[Wednesday, 24th May]
+
+The last night was the first that the writer, had passed in his old
+quarters on board of the floating light for about twelve months,
+when the weather was so fine and the sea so smooth that even here
+he felt but little or no motion, excepting at the turn of the tide,
+when the vessel gets into what the seamen term the TROUGH OF THE
+SEA. At six a.m. Mr. Watt, who conducted the operations of the
+railways and beacon-house, had landed with nine artificers. At
+half-past one p.m. Mr. Peter Logan had also landed with fifteen
+masons, and immediately proceeded to set up the crane. The sheer-
+crane or apparatus for lifting the stones out of the praam-boats at
+the eastern creek had been already erected, and the railways now
+formed about two-thirds of an entire circle round the building:
+some progress had likewise been made with the reach towards the
+western landing-place. The floors being laid, the beacon now
+assumed the appearance of a habitation. The Smeaton was at her
+moorings, with the Fernie praam-boat astern, for which she was
+laying down moorings, and the tender being also at her station, the
+Bell Rock had again put on its former busy aspect.
+
+[Wednesday, 31st May]
+
+The landing-master's bell, often no very favourite sound, rung at
+six this morning; but on this occasion, it is believed, it was
+gladly received by all on board, as the welcome signal of the
+return of better weather. The masons laid thirteen stones to-day,
+which the seamen had landed, together with other building
+materials. During these twenty-four hours the wind was from the
+south, blowing fresh breezes, accompanied with showers of snow. In
+the morning the snow showers were so thick that it was with
+difficulty the landing-master, who always steered the leading boat,
+could make his way to the rock through the drift. But at the Bell
+Rock neither snow nor rain, nor fog nor wind, retarded the progress
+of the work, if unaccompanied by a heavy swell or breach of the
+sea.
+
+The weather during the months of April and May had been uncommonly
+boisterous, and so cold that the thermometer seldom exceeded 40
+degrees, while the barometer was generally about 29.50. We had not
+only hail and sleet, but the snow on the last day of May lay on the
+decks and rigging of the ship to the depth of about three inches;
+and, although now entering upon the month of June, the length of
+the day was the chief indication of summer. Yet such is the effect
+of habit, and such was the expertness of the landing-master's crew,
+that, even in this description of weather, seldom a tide's work was
+lost. Such was the ardour and zeal of the heads of the several
+departments at the rock, including Mr. Peter Logan, foreman
+builder, Mr. Francis Watt, foreman millwright, and Captain Wilson,
+landing-master, that it was on no occasion necessary to address
+them, excepting in the way of precaution or restraint. Under these
+circumstances, however, the writer not unfrequently felt
+considerable anxiety, of which this day's experience will afford an
+example.
+
+[Thursday, 1st June]
+
+This morning, at a quarter-past eight, the artificers were landed
+as usual, and, after three hours and three-quarters' work, five
+stones were laid, the greater part of this tide having been taken
+up in completing the boring and trenailing of the stones formerly
+laid. At noon the writer, with the seamen and artificers,
+proceeded to the tender, leaving on the beacon the joiners, and
+several of those who were troubled with sea-sickness--among whom
+was Mr. Logan, who remained with Mr. Watt--counting altogether
+eleven persons. During the first and middle parts of these twenty-
+four hours the wind was from the east, blowing what the seamen term
+'fresh breezes'; but in the afternoon it shifted to E.N.E.,
+accompanied with so heavy a swell of sea that the Smeaton and
+tender struck their topmasts, launched in their bolt-sprits, and
+'made all snug' for a gale. At four p.m. the Smeaton was obliged
+to slip her moorings, and passed the tender, drifting before the
+wind, with only the foresail set. In passing, Mr. Pool hailed that
+he must run for the Firth of Forth to prevent the vessel from
+'riding under.'
+
+On board of the tender the writer's chief concern was about the
+eleven men left upon the beacon. Directions were accordingly given
+that everything about the vessel should be put in the best possible
+state, to present as little resistance to the wind as possible,
+that she might have the better chance of riding out the gale.
+Among these preparations the best bower cable was bent, so as to
+have a second anchor in readiness in case the mooring-hawser should
+give way, that every means might be used for keeping the vessel
+within sight of the prisoners on the beacon, and thereby keep them
+in as good spirits as possible. From the same motive the boats
+were kept afloat that they might be less in fear of the vessel
+leaving her station. The landing-master had, however, repeatedly
+expressed his anxiety for the safety of the boats, and wished much
+to have them hoisted on board. At seven p.m. one of the boats, as
+he feared, was unluckily filled with sea from a wave breaking into
+her, and it was with great difficulty that she could be baled out
+and got on board, with the loss of her oars, rudder, and loose
+thwarts. Such was the motion of the ship that in taking this boat
+on board her gunwale was stove in, and she otherwise received
+considerable damage. Night approached, but it was still found
+quite impossible to go near the rock. Consulting, therefore, the
+safety of the second boat, she also was hoisted on board of the
+tender.
+
+At this time the cabins of the beacon were only partially covered,
+and had neither been provided with bedding nor a proper fireplace,
+while the stock of provisions was but slender. In these
+uncomfortable circumstances the people on the beacon were left for
+the night, nor was the situation of those on board of the tender
+much better. The rolling and pitching motion of the ship was
+excessive; and, excepting to those who had been accustomed to a
+residence in the floating light, it seemed quite intolerable.
+Nothing was heard but the hissing of the winds and the creaking of
+the bulkheads or partitions of the ship; the night was, therefore,
+spent in the most unpleasant reflections upon the condition of the
+people on the beacon, especially in the prospect of the tender
+being driven from her moorings. But, even in such a case, it
+afforded some consolation that the stability of the fabric was
+never doubted, and that the boats of the floating light were at no
+great distance, and ready to render the people on the rock the
+earliest assistance which the weather would permit. The writer's
+cabin being in the sternmost part of the ship, which had what
+sailors term a good entry, or was sharp built, the sea, as before
+noticed, struck her counter with so much violence that the water,
+with a rushing noise, continually forced its way up the rudder-
+case, lifted the valve of the water-closet, and overran the cabin
+floor. In these circumstances daylight was eagerly looked for, and
+hailed with delight, as well by those afloat as by the artificers
+upon the rock.
+
+[Friday, 2nd June]
+
+In the course of the night the writer held repeated conversations
+with the officer on watch, who reported that the weather continued
+much in the same state, and that the barometer still indicated
+29.20 inches. At six a.m. the landing-master considered the
+weather to have somewhat moderated; and, from certain appearances
+of the sky, he was of opinion that a change for the better would
+soon take place. He accordingly proposed to attempt a landing at
+low-water, and either get the people off the rock, or at least
+ascertain what state they were in. At nine a.m. he left the vessel
+with a boat well manned, carrying with him a supply of cooked
+provisions and a tea-kettle full of mulled port wine for the people
+on the beacon, who had not had any regular diet for about thirty
+hours, while they were exposed during that period, in a great
+measure, both to the winds and the sprays of the sea. The boat
+having succeeded in landing, she returned at eleven a.m. with the
+artificers, who had got off with considerable difficulty, and who
+were heartily welcomed by all on board.
+
+Upon inquiry it appeared that three of the stones last laid upon
+the building had been partially lifted from their beds by the force
+of the sea, and were now held only by the trenails, and that the
+cast-iron sheer-crane had again been thrown down and completely
+broken. With regard to the beacon, the sea at high-water had
+lifted part of the mortar gallery or lowest floor, and washed away
+all the lime-casks and other movable articles from it; but the
+principal parts of this fabric had sustained no damage. On
+pressing Messrs. Logan and Watt on the situation of things in the
+course of the night, Mr. Logan emphatically said: 'That the beacon
+had an ILL-FAURED {171a} TWIST when the sea broke upon it at high-
+water, but that they were not very apprehensive of danger.' On
+inquiring as to how they spent the night, it appeared that they had
+made shift to keep a small fire burning, and by means of some old
+sails defended themselves pretty well from the sea sprays.
+
+It was particularly mentioned that by the exertions of James Glen,
+one of the joiners, a number of articles were saved from being
+washed off the mortar gallery. Glen was also very useful in
+keeping up the spirits of the forlorn party. In the early part of
+life he had undergone many curious adventures at sea, which he now
+recounted somewhat after the manner of the tales of the Arabian
+Nights. When one observed that the beacon was a most comfortless
+lodging, Glen would presently introduce some of his exploits and
+hardships, in comparison with which the state of things at the
+beacon bore an aspect of comfort and happiness. Looking to their
+slender stock of provisions, and their perilous and uncertain
+chance of speedy relief, he would launch out into an account of one
+of his expeditions in the North Sea, when the vessel, being much
+disabled in a storm, was driven before the wind with the loss of
+almost all their provisions; and the ship being much infested with
+rats, the crew hunted these vermin with great eagerness to help
+their scanty allowance. By such means Glen had the address to make
+his companions, in some measure, satisfied, or at least passive,
+with regard to their miserable prospects upon this half-tide rock
+in the middle of the ocean. This incident is noticed, more
+particularly, to show the effects of such a happy turn of mind,
+even under the most distressing and ill-fated circumstances.
+
+[Saturday, 17th June]
+
+At eight a.m. the artificers and sailors, forty-five in number,
+landed on the rock, and after four hours' work seven stones were
+laid. The remainder of this tide, from the threatening appearance
+of the weather, was occupied in trenailing and making all things as
+secure as possible. At twelve noon the rock and building were
+again overflowed, when the masons and seamen went on board of the
+tender, but Mr. Watt, with his squad of ten men, remained on the
+beacon throughout the day. As it blew fresh from the N.W. in the
+evening, it was found impracticable either to land the building
+artificers or to take the artificers off the beacon, and they were
+accordingly left there all night, but in circumstances very
+different from those of the 1st of this month. The house, being
+now in a more complete state, was provided with bedding, and they
+spent the night pretty well, though they complained of having been
+much disturbed at the time of high-water by the shaking and
+tremulous motion of their house and by the plashing noise of the
+sea upon mortar gallery. Here James Glen's versatile powers were
+again at work in cheering up those who seemed to be alarmed, and in
+securing everything as far as possible. On this occasion he had
+only to recall to the recollections of some of them the former
+night which they had spent on the beacon, the wind and sea being
+then much higher, and their habitation in a far less comfortable
+state.
+
+The wind still continuing to blow fresh from the N.W., at five p.m.
+the writer caused a signal to be made from the tender for the
+Smeaton and Patriot to slip their moorings, when they ran for Lunan
+Bay, an anchorage on the east side of the Redhead. Those on board
+of the tender spent but a very rough night, and perhaps slept less
+soundly than their companions on the beacon, especially as the wind
+was at N.W., which caused the vessel to ride with her stern towards
+the Bell Rock; so that, in the event of anything giving way, she
+could hardly have escaped being stranded upon it.
+
+[Sunday, 18th June]
+
+The weather having moderated to-day, the wind shifted to the
+westward. At a quarter-past nine a.m. the artificers landed from
+the tender and had the pleasure to find their friends who had been
+left on the rock quite hearty, alleging that the beacon was the
+preferable quarters of the two.
+
+[Saturday, 24th June]
+
+Mr. Peter Logan, the foreman builder, and his squad, twenty-one in
+number, landed this morning at three o'clock, and continued at work
+four hours and a quarter, and after laying seventeen stones
+returned to the tender. At six a.m. Mr. Francis Watt and his squad
+of twelve men landed, and proceeded with their respective
+operations at the beacon and railways, and were left on the rock
+during the whole day without the necessity of having any
+communication with the tender, the kitchen of the beacon-house
+being now fitted up. It was to-day, also, that Peter Fortune--a
+most obliging and well-known character in the Lighthouse service--
+was removed from the tender to the beacon as cook and steward, with
+a stock of provisions as ample as his limited store-room would
+admit.
+
+When as many stones were built as comprised this day's work, the
+demand for mortar was proportionally increased, and the task of the
+mortar-makers on these occasions was both laborious and severe.
+This operation was chiefly performed by John Watt--a strong, active
+quarrier by profession,--who was a perfect character in his way,
+and extremely zealous in his department. While the operations of
+the mortar-makers continued, the forge upon the gallery was not
+generally in use; but, as the working hours of the builders
+extended with the height of the building, the forge could not be so
+long wanted, and then a sad confusion often ensued upon the
+circumscribed floor of the mortar gallery, as the operations of
+Watt and his assistants trenched greatly upon those of the smiths.
+Under these circumstances the boundary of the smiths was much
+circumscribed, and they were personally annoyed, especially in
+blowy weather, with the dust of the lime in its powdered state.
+The mortar-makers, on the other hand, were often not a little
+distressed with the heat of the fire and the sparks elicited on the
+anvil, and not unaptly complained that they were placed between the
+'devil and the deep sea.'
+
+[Sunday, 25th June]
+
+The work being now about ten feet in height, admitted of a rope-
+ladder being distended {174a} between the beacon and the building.
+By this 'Jacob's Ladder,' as the seamen termed it, a communication
+was kept up with the beacon while the rock was considerably under
+water. One end of it being furnished with tackle-blocks, was fixed
+to the beams of the beacon, at the level of the mortar gallery,
+while the further end was connected with the upper course of the
+building by means of two Lewis bats which were lifted from course
+to course as the work advanced. In the same manner a rope
+furnished with a travelling pulley was distended for the purpose of
+transporting the mortar-buckets, and other light articles between
+the beacon and the building, which also proved a great conveniency
+to the work. At this period the rope-ladder and tackle for the
+mortar had a descent from the beacon to the building; by and by
+they were on a level, and towards the end of the season, when the
+solid part had attained its full height, the ascent was from the
+mortar gallery to the building.
+
+[Friday, 30th June]
+
+The artificers landed on the rock this morning at a quarter-past
+six, and remained at work five hours. The cooking apparatus being
+now in full operation, all hands had breakfast on the beacon at the
+usual hour, and remained there throughout the day. The crane upon
+the building had to be raised to-day from the eighth to the ninth
+course, an operation which now required all the strength that could
+be mustered for working the guy-tackles; for as the top of the
+crane was at this time about thirty-five feet above the rock, it
+became much more unmanageable. While the beam was in the act of
+swinging round from one guy to another, a great strain was suddenly
+brought upon the opposite tackle, with the end of which the
+artificers had very improperly neglected to take a turn round some
+stationary object, which would have given them the complete command
+of the tackle. Owing to this simple omission, the crane got a
+preponderancy to one side, and fell upon the building with a
+terrible crash. The surrounding artificers immediately flew in
+every direction to get out of its way; but Michael Wishart, the
+principal builder, having unluckily stumbled upon one of the uncut
+trenails, fell upon his back. His body fortunately got between the
+movable beam and the upright shaft of the crane, and was thus
+saved; but his feet got entangled with the wheels of the crane and
+were severely injured. Wishart, being a robust young man, endured
+his misfortune with wonderful firmness; he was laid upon one of the
+narrow framed beds of the beacon and despatched in a boat to the
+tender, where the writer was when this accident happened, not a
+little alarmed on missing the crane from the top of the building,
+and at the same time seeing a boat rowing towards the vessel with
+great speed. When the boat came alongside with poor Wishart,
+stretched upon a bed covered with blankets, a moment of great
+anxiety followed, which was, however, much relieved when, on
+stepping into the boat, he was accosted by Wishart, though in a
+feeble voice, and with an aspect pale as death from excessive
+bleeding. Directions having been immediately given to the coxswain
+to apply to Mr. Kennedy at the workyard to procure the best
+surgical aid, the boat was sent off without delay to Arbroath. The
+writer then landed at the rock, when the crane was in a very short
+time got into its place and again put in a working state.
+
+[Monday, 3rd July]
+
+The writer having come to Arbroath with the yacht, had an
+opportunity of visiting Michael Wishart, the artificer who had met
+with so severe an accident at the rock on the 30th ult., and had
+the pleasure to find him in a state of recovery. From Dr.
+Stevenson's account, under whose charge he had been placed, hopes
+were entertained that amputation would not be necessary, as his
+patient still kept free of fever or any appearance of
+mortification; and Wishart expressed a hope that he might, at
+least, be ultimately capable of keeping the light at the Bell Rock,
+as it was not now likely that he would assist further in building
+the house.
+
+[Saturday, 8th July]
+
+It was remarked to-day, with no small demonstration of joy, that
+the tide, being neap, did not, for the first time, overflow the
+building at high-water. Flags were accordingly hoisted on the
+beacon-house, and crane on the top of the building, which were
+repeated from the floating light, Lighthouse yacht, tender,
+Smeaton, Patriot, and the two praams. A salute of three guns was
+also fired from the yacht at high-water, when, all the artificers
+being collected on the top of the building, three cheers were given
+in testimony of this important circumstance. A glass of rum was
+then served out to all hands on the rock and on board of the
+respective ships.
+
+[Sunday, 16th July]
+
+Besides laying, boring, trenailing, wedging, and grouting thirty-
+two stones, several other operations were proceeded with on the
+rock at low-water, when some of the artificers were employed at the
+railways, and at high-water at the beacon-house. The seamen having
+prepared a quantity of tarpaulin, or cloth laid over with
+successive coats of hot tar, the joiners had just completed the
+covering of the roof with it. This sort of covering was lighter
+and more easily managed than sheet-lead in such a situation. As a
+further defence against the weather the whole exterior of this
+temporary residence was painted with three coats of white-lead
+paint. Between the timber framing of the habitable part of the
+beacon the interstices were to be stuffed with moss, as a light
+substance that would resist dampness and check sifting winds; the
+whole interior was then to be lined with green baize cloth, so that
+both without and within the cabins were to have a very comfortable
+appearance.
+
+Although the building artificers generally remained on the rock
+throughout the day, and the millwrights, joiners, and smiths, while
+their number was considerable, remained also during the night, yet
+the tender had hitherto been considered as their night quarters.
+But the wind having in the course of the day shifted to the N.W.,
+and as the passage to the tender, in the boats, was likely to be
+attended with difficulty, the whole of the artificers, with Mr.
+Logan, the foreman, preferred remaining all night on the beacon,
+which had of late become the solitary abode of George-Forsyth, a
+jobbing upholsterer, who had been employed in lining the beacon-
+house with cloth and in fitting up the bedding. Forsyth was a
+tall, thin, and rather loose-made man, who had an utter aversion at
+climbing upon the trap-ladders of the beacon, but especially at the
+process of boating, and the motion of the ship, which he said 'was
+death itself.' He therefore pertinaciously insisted with the
+landing-master in being left upon the beacon, with a small black
+dog as his only companion. The writer, however, felt some delicacy
+in leaving a single individual upon the rock, who must have been so
+very helpless in case of accident. This fabric had, from the
+beginning, been rather intended by the writer to guard against
+accident from the loss or damage of a boat, and as a place for
+making mortar, a smith's shop, and a store for tools during the
+working months, than as permanent quarters; nor was it at all meant
+to be possessed until tile joiner-work was completely finished, and
+his own cabin, and that for the foreman, in readiness, when it was
+still to be left to the choice of the artificers to occupy the
+tender or the beacon. He, however, considered Forsyth's partiality
+and confidence in the latter as rather a fortunate occurrence.
+
+[Wednesday, 19th July]
+
+The whole of the artificers, twenty-three in number, now removed of
+their own accord from the tender, to lodge in the beacon, together
+with Peter Fortune, a person singularly adapted for a residence of
+this kind, both from the urbanity of his manners and the
+versatility of his talents. Fortune, in his person, was of small
+stature, and rather corpulent. Besides being a good Scots cook, he
+had acted both as groom and house-servant; he had been a soldier, a
+sutler, a writer's clerk, and an apothecary, from which he
+possessed the art of writing and suggesting recipes, and had hence,
+also, perhaps, acquired a turn for making collections in natural
+history. But in his practice in surgery on the Bell Rock, for
+which he received an annual fee of three guineas, he is supposed to
+have been rather partial to the use of the lancet. In short, Peter
+was the factotum of the beacon-house, where he ostensibly acted in
+the several capacities of cook, steward, surgeon, and barber, and
+kept a statement of the rations or expenditure of the provisions
+with the strictest integrity.
+
+In the present important state of the building, when it had just
+attained the height of sixteen feet, and the upper courses, and
+especially the imperfect one, were in the wash of the heaviest
+seas, an express boat arrived at the rock with a letter from Mr.
+Kennedy, of the workyard, stating that in consequence of the
+intended expedition to Walcheren, an embargo had been laid on
+shipping at all the ports of Great Britain: that both the Smeaton
+and Patriot were detained at Arbroath, and that but for the proper
+view which Mr. Ramsey, the port officer, had taken of his orders,
+neither the express boat nor one which had been sent with
+provisions and necessaries for the floating light would have been
+permitted to leave the harbour. The writer set off without delay
+for Arbroath, and on landing used every possible means with the
+official people, but their orders were deemed so peremptory that
+even boats were not permitted to sail from any port upon the coast.
+In the meantime, the collector of the Customs at Montrose applied
+to the Board at Edinburgh, but could, of himself, grant no relief
+to the Bell Rock shipping.
+
+At this critical period Mr. Adam Duff, then Sheriff of Forfarshire,
+now of the county of Edinburgh, and ex officio one of the
+Commissioners of the Northern Lighthouses, happened to be at
+Arbroath. Mr. Duff took an immediate interest in representing the
+circumstances of the case to the Board of Customs at Edinburgh.
+But such were the doubts entertained on the subject that, on having
+previously received the appeal from the collector at Montrose, the
+case had been submitted to the consideration of the Lords of the
+Treasury, whose decision was now waited for.
+
+In this state of things the writer felt particularly desirous to
+get the thirteenth course finished, that the building might be in a
+more secure state in the event of bad weather. An opportunity was
+therefore embraced on the 25th, in sailing with provisions for the
+floating light, to carry the necessary stones to the rock for this
+purpose, which were landed and built on the 26th and 27th. But so
+closely was the watch kept up that a Custom-house officer was
+always placed on board of the Smeaton and Patriot while they were
+afloat, till the embargo was especially removed from the lighthouse
+vessels. The artificers at the Bell Rock had been reduced to
+fifteen, who were regularly supplied with provisions, along with
+the crew of the floating light, mainly through the port officer's
+liberal interpretation of his orders.
+
+[Tuesday, 1st Aug.]
+
+There being a considerable swell and breach of sea upon the rock
+yesterday, the stones could not be got landed till the day
+following, when the wind shifted to the southward and the weather
+improved. But to-day no less than seventy-eight blocks of stone
+were landed, of which forty were built, which completed the
+fourteenth and part of the fifteenth courses. The number of
+workmen now resident in the beacon-house was augmented to twenty-
+four, including the landing-master's crew from the tender and the
+boat's crew from the floating light, who assisted at landing the
+stones. Those daily at work upon the rock at this period amounted
+to forty-six. A cabin had been laid out for the writer on the
+beacon, but his apartment had been the last which was finished, and
+he had not yet taken possession of it; for though he generally
+spent the greater part of the day, at this time, upon the rock, yet
+he always slept on board of the tender.
+
+[Friday, 11th Aug.]
+
+The wind was at S. E. on the 11th, and there was so very heavy a
+swell of sea upon the rock that no boat could approach it.
+
+[Saturday, 12th Aug.]
+
+The gale still continuing from the S.E., the sea broke with great
+violence both upon the building and the beacon. The former being
+twenty-three feet in height, the upper part of the crane erected on
+it having been lifted from course to course as the building
+advanced, was now about thirty-six feet above the rock. From
+observations made on the rise of the sea by this crane, the
+artificers were enabled to estimate its height to be about fifty
+feet above the rock, while the sprays fell with a most alarming
+noise upon their cabins. At low-water, in the evening, a signal
+was made from the beacon, at the earnest desire of some of the
+artificers, for the boats to come to the rock; and although this
+could not be effected without considerable hazard, it was, however,
+accomplished, when twelve of their number, being much afraid,
+applied to the foreman to be relieved, and went on board of the
+tender. But the remaining fourteen continued on the rock, with Mr.
+Peter Logan, the foreman builder. Although this rule of allowing
+an option to every man either to remain on the rock or return to
+the tender was strictly adhered to, yet, as it would have been
+extremely inconvenient to have the men parcelled out in this
+manner, it became necessary to embrace the first opportunity of
+sending those who had left the beacon to the workyard, with as
+little appearance of intention as possible, lest it should hurt
+their feelings, or prevent others from acting according to their
+wishes, either in landing on the rock or remaining on the beacon.
+
+[Tuesday, 15th Aug.]
+
+The wind had fortunately shifted to the S.W. this morning, and
+though a considerable breach was still upon the rock, yet the
+landing-master's crew were enabled to get one praam-boat, lightly
+loaded with five stones, brought in safety to the western creek;
+these stones were immediately laid by the artificers, who gladly
+embraced the return of good weather to proceed with their
+operations. The writer had this day taken possession of his cabin
+in the beacon-house. It was small, but commodious, and was found
+particularly convenient in coarse and blowing weather, instead of
+being obliged to make a passage to the tender in an open boat at
+all times, both during the day and the night, which was often
+attended with much difficulty and danger.
+
+[Saturday, 19th Aug.]
+
+For some days past the weather had been occasionally so thick and
+foggy that no small difficulty was experienced in going even
+between the rock and the tender, though quite at hand. But the
+floating light's boat lost her way so far in returning on board
+that the first land she made, after rowing all night, was Fifeness,
+a distance of about fourteen miles. The weather having cleared in
+the morning, the crew stood off again for the floating light, and
+got on board in a half-famished and much exhausted state, having
+been constantly rowing for about sixteen hours.
+
+[Sunday, 20th Aug.]
+
+The weather being very favourable to-day, fifty-three stones were
+landed, and the builders were not a little gratified in having
+built the twenty-second course, consisting of fifty-one stones,
+being the first course which had been completed in one day. This,
+as a matter of course, produced three hearty cheers. At twelve
+noon prayers were read for the first time on the Bell Rock; those
+present, counting thirty, were crowded into the upper apartment of
+the beacon, where the writer took a central position, while two of
+the artificers, joining hands, supported the Bible.
+
+[Friday, 25th Aug.]
+
+To-day the artificers laid forty-five stones, which completed the
+twenty-fourth course, reckoning above the first entire one, and the
+twenty-sixth above the rock. This finished the solid part of the
+building, and terminated the height of the outward casing of
+granite, which is thirty-one feet six inches above the rock or site
+of the foundation-stone, and about seventeen feet above high-water
+of spring-tides. Being a particular crisis in the progress of the
+lighthouse, the landing and laying of the last stone for the season
+was observed with the usual ceremonies.
+
+From observations often made by the writer, in so far as such can
+be ascertained, it appears that no wave in the open seas, in an
+unbroken state, rises more than from seven to nine feet above the
+general surface of the ocean. The Bell Rock Lighthouse may
+therefore now be considered at from eight to ten feet above the
+height of the waves; and, although the sprays and heavy seas have
+often been observed, in the present state of the building, to rise
+to the height of fifty feet, and fall with a tremendous noise on
+the beacon-house, yet such seas were not likely to make any
+impression on a mass of solid masonry, containing about 1400 tons,
+
+[Wednesday, 30th Aug.]
+
+The whole of the artificers left the rock at mid-day, when the
+tender made sail for Arbroath, which she reached about six p.m.
+The vessel being decorated with colours, and having fired a salute
+of three guns on approaching the harbour, the workyard artificers,
+with a multitude of people, assembled at the harbour, when mutual
+cheering and congratulations took place between those afloat and
+those on the quays. The tender had now, with little exception,
+been six months on the station at the Bell Rock, and during the
+last four months few of the squad of builders had been ashore. In
+particular, Mr. Peter Logan, the foreman, and Mr. Robert Selkirk,
+principal builder, had never once left the rock. The artificers,
+having made good wages during their stay, like seamen upon a return
+voyage, were extremely happy, and spent the evening with much
+innocent mirth and jollity.
+
+In reflecting upon the state of the matters at the Bell Rock during
+the working months, when the writer was much with the artificers,
+nothing can equal the happy manner in which these excellent workmen
+spent their time. They always went from Arbroath to their arduous
+task cheering and they generally returned in the same hearty state.
+While at the rock, between the tides, they amused themselves in
+reading, fishing, music, playing cards, draughts, etc., or in
+sporting with one another. In the workyard at Arbroath the young
+men were almost, without exception, employed in the evening at
+school, in writing and arithmetic, and not a few were learning
+architectural drawing, for which they had every convenience and
+facility, and were, in a very obliging manner, assisted in their
+studies by Mr. David Logan, clerk of the works. It therefore
+affords the most pleasing reflections to look back upon the
+pursuits of about sixty individuals who for years conducted
+themselves, on all occasions, in a sober and rational manner.
+
+
+IV--OPERATIONS OF 1810
+
+
+[Thursday, 10th May]
+
+The wind had shifted to-day to W.N.W., when the writer, with
+considerable difficulty, was enabled to land upon the rock for the
+first time this season, at ten a.m. Upon examining the state of
+the building, and apparatus in general, he had the satisfaction to
+find everything in good order. The mortar in all the joints was
+perfectly entire. The building, now thirty feet in height, was
+thickly coated with fuci to the height of about fifteen feet,
+calculating from the rock: on the eastern side, indeed, the growth
+of seaweed was observable to the full height of thirty feet, and
+even on the top or upper bed of the last-laid course, especially
+towards the eastern side, it had germinated, so as to render
+walking upon it somewhat difficult.
+
+The beacon-house was in a perfectly sound state, and apparently
+just as it had been left in the month of November. But the tides
+being neap, the lower parts, particularly where the beams rested on
+the rock, could not now be seen. The floor of the mortar gallery
+having been already laid down by Mr. Watt and his men on a former
+visit, was merely soaked with the sprays; but the joisting-beams
+which supported it had, in the course of the winter, been covered
+with a fine downy conferva produced by the range of the sea. They
+were also a good deal whitened with the mute of the cormorant and
+other sea-fowls, which had roosted upon the beacon in winter. Upon
+ascending to the apartments, it was found that the motion of the
+sea had thrown open the door of the cook-house: this was only shut
+with a single latch, that in case of shipwreck at the Bell Rock the
+mariner might find ready access to the shelter of this forlorn
+habitation, where a supply of provisions was kept; and being within
+two miles and a half of the floating light, a signal could readily
+be observed, when a boat might be sent to his relief as the weather
+permitted. An arrangement for this purpose formed one of the
+instructions on board of the floating light, but happily no
+instance occurred for putting it in practice. The hearth or
+fireplace of the cook-house was built of brick in as secure a
+manner as possible, to prevent accident from fire; but some of the
+plaster-work had shaken loose, from its damp state and the
+tremulous motion of the beacon in stormy weather. The writer next
+ascended to the floor which was occupied by the cabins of himself
+and his assistants, which were in tolerably good order, having only
+a damp and musty smell. The barrack for the artificers, over all,
+was next visited; it had now a very dreary and deserted appearance
+when its former thronged state was recollected. In some parts the
+water had come through the boarding, and had discoloured the lining
+of green cloth, but it was, nevertheless, in a good habitable
+condition. While the seamen were employed in landing a stock of
+provisions, a few of the artificers set to work with great
+eagerness to sweep and clean the several apartments. The exterior
+of the beacon was, in the meantime, examined, and found in perfect
+order. The painting, though it had a somewhat blanched appearance,
+adhered firmly both on the sides and roof, and only two or three
+panes of glass were broken in the cupola, which had either been
+blown out by the force of the wind, or perhaps broken by sea-fowl.
+
+Having on this occasion continued upon the building and beacon a
+considerable time after the tide had begun to flow, the artificers
+were occupied in removing the forge from the top of the building,
+to which the gangway or wooden bridge gave great facility; and,
+although it stretched or had a span of forty-two feet, its
+construction was extremely simple, while the road-way was perfectly
+firm and steady. In returning from this visit to the rock every
+one was pretty well soused in spray before reaching the tender at
+two o'clock p.m., where things awaited the landing party in as
+comfortable a way as such a situation would admit.
+
+[Friday, 11th May]
+
+The wind was still easterly, accompanied with rather a heavy swell
+of sea for the operations in hand. A landing was, however, made
+this morning, when the artificers were immediately employed in
+scraping the seaweed off the upper course of the building, in order
+to apply the moulds of the first course of the staircase, that the
+joggle-holes might be marked off in the upper course of the solid.
+This was also necessary previously to the writer's fixing the
+position of the entrance door, which was regulated chiefly by the
+appearance of the growth of the seaweed on the building, indicating
+the direction of the heaviest seas, on the opposite side of which
+the door was placed. The landing-master's crew succeeded in towing
+into the creek on the western side of the rock the praam-boat with
+the balance-crane, which had now been on board of the praam for
+five days. The several pieces of this machine, having been
+conveyed along the railways upon the waggons to a position
+immediately under the bridge, were elevated to its level, or thirty
+feet above the rock, in the following manner. A chain-tackle was
+suspended over a pulley from the cross-beam connecting the tops of
+the kingposts of the bridge, which was worked by a winch-machine
+with wheel, pinion, and barrel, round which last the chain was
+wound. This apparatus was placed on the beacon side of the bridge,
+at the distance of about twelve feet from the cross-beam and pulley
+in the middle of the bridge. Immediately under the cross-beam a
+hatch was formed in the roadway of the bridge, measuring seven feet
+in length and five feet in breadth, made to shut with folding
+boards like a double door, through which stones and other articles
+were raised; the folding doors were then let down, and the stone or
+load was gently lowered upon a waggon which was wheeled on railway
+trucks towards the lighthouse. In this manner the several castings
+of the balance-crane were got up to the top of the solid of the
+building.
+
+The several apartments of the beacon-house having been cleaned out
+and supplied with bedding, a sufficient stock of provisions was put
+into the store, when Peter Fortune, formerly noticed, lighted his
+fire in the beacon for the first time this season. Sixteen
+artificers at the same time mounted to their barrack-room, and all
+the foremen of the works also took possession of their cabin, all
+heartily rejoiced at getting rid of the trouble of boating and the
+sickly motion of the tender.
+
+[Saturday, 12th May]
+
+The wind was at E.N.E., blowing so fresh, and accompanied with so
+much sea, that no stones could be landed to-day. The people on the
+rock, however, were busily employed in screwing together the
+balance-crane, cutting out the joggle-holes in the upper course,
+and preparing all things for commencing the building operations.
+
+[Sunday, 13th May]
+
+The weather still continues boisterous, although the barometer has
+all the while stood at about 30 inches. Towards evening the wind
+blew so fresh at E. by S. that the boats both of the Smeaton and
+tender were obliged to be hoisted in, and it was feared that the
+Smeaton would have to slip her moorings. The people on the rock
+were seen busily employed, and had the balance-crane apparently
+ready for use, but no communication could be had with them to-day.
+
+[Monday, 14th May]
+
+The wind continued to blow so fresh, and the Smeaton rode so
+heavily with her cargo, that at noon a signal was made for her
+getting under weigh, when she stood towards Arbroath; and on board
+of the tender we are still without any communication with the
+people on the rock, where the sea was seen breaking over the top of
+the building in great sprays, and raging with much agitation among
+the beams of the beacon.
+
+[Thursday, 17th May]
+
+The wind, in the course of the day, had shifted from north to west;
+the sea being also considerably less, a boat landed on the rock at
+six p.m., for the first time since the 11th, with the provisions
+and water brought off by the Patriot. The inhabitants of the
+beacon were all well, but tired above measure for want of
+employment, as the balance-crane and apparatus was all in
+readiness. Under these circumstances they felt no less desirous of
+the return of good weather than those afloat, who were continually
+tossed with the agitation of the sea. The writer, in particular,
+felt himself almost as much fatigued and worn-out as he had been at
+any period since the commencement of the work. The very backward
+state of the weather at so advanced a period of the season
+unavoidably created some alarm, lest he should be overtaken with
+bad weather at a late period of the season, with the building
+operations in an unfinished state. These apprehensions were, no
+doubt, rather increased by the inconveniences of his situation
+afloat, as the tender rolled and pitched excessively at times.
+This being also his first off-set for the season, every bone of his
+body felt sore with preserving a sitting posture while he
+endeavoured to pass away the time in reading; as for writing, it
+was wholly impracticable. He had several times entertained
+thoughts of leaving the station for a few days and going into
+Arbroath with the tender till the weather should improve; but as
+the artificers had been landed on the rock he was averse to this at
+the commencement of the season, knowing also that he would be
+equally uneasy in every situation till the first cargo was landed:
+and he therefore resolved to continue at his post until this should
+be effected.
+
+[Friday, 18th May]
+
+The wind being now N.W., the sea was considerably run down, and
+this morning at five o'clock the landing-master's crew, thirteen in
+number, left the tender; and having now no detention with the
+landing of artificers, they proceeded to unmoor the Hedderwick
+praam-boat, and towed her alongside of the Smeaton: and in the
+course of the day twenty-three blocks of stone, three casks of
+pozzolano, three of sand, three of lime, and one of Roman cement,
+together with three bundles of trenails and three of wedges, were
+all landed on the rock and raised the top of the building by means
+of the tackle suspended from the cross-beam on the middle of the
+bridge. The stones were then moved along the bridge on the waggon
+to the building within reach of the balance-crane, with which they
+were laid in their respective places on the building. The masons
+immediately thereafter proceeded to bore the trenail-holes into the
+course below, and otherwise to complete the one in hand. When the
+first stone was to be suspended by the balance-crane, the bell on
+the beacon was rung, and all the artificers and seamen were
+collected on the building. Three hearty cheers were given while it
+was lowered into its place, and the steward served round a glass of
+rum, when success was drunk to the further progress of the
+building.
+
+[Sunday, 20th May]
+
+The wind was southerly to-day, but there was much less sea than
+yesterday, and the landing-master's crew were enabled to discharge
+and land twenty-three pieces of stone and other articles for the
+work. The artificers had completed the laying of the twenty-
+seventh or first course of the staircase this morning, and in the
+evening they finished the boring, trenailing, wedging, and grouting
+it with mortar. At twelve o'clock noon the beacon-house bell was
+rung, and all hands were collected on the top of the building,
+where prayers were read for the first time on the lighthouse, which
+forcibly struck every one, and had, upon the whole, a very
+impressive effect.
+
+From the hazardous situation of the beacon-house with regard to
+fire, being composed wholly of timber, there was no small risk from
+accident: and on this account one of the most steady of the
+artificers was appointed to see that the fire of the cooking-house,
+and the lights in general, were carefully extinguished at stated
+hours.
+
+[Monday, 4th June]
+
+This being the birthday of our much-revered Sovereign King George
+III, now in the fiftieth year of his reign, the shipping of the
+Lighthouse service were this morning decorated with colours
+according to the taste of their respective captains. Flags were
+also hoisted upon the beacon-house and balance-crane on the top of
+the building. At twelve noon a salute was fired from the tender,
+when the King's health was drunk, with all the honours, both on the
+rock and on board of the shipping.
+
+[Tuesday, 5th June]
+
+As the lighthouse advanced in height, the cubical contents of the
+stones were less, but they had to be raised to a greater height;
+and the walls, being thinner, were less commodious for the
+necessary machinery and the artificers employed, which considerably
+retarded the work. Inconvenience was also occasionally experienced
+from the men dropping their coats, hats, mallets, and other tools,
+at high-water, which were carried away by the tide; and the danger
+to the people themselves was now greatly increased. Had any of
+them fallen from the beacon or building at high-water, while the
+landing-master's crew were generally engaged with the craft at a
+distance, it must have rendered the accident doubly painful to
+those on the rock, who at this time had no boat, and consequently
+no means of rendering immediate and prompt assistance. In such
+cases it would have been too late to have got a boat by signal from
+the tender. A small boat, which could be lowered at pleasure, was
+therefore suspended by a pair of davits projected from the cook-
+house, the keel being about thirty feet from the rock. This boat,
+with its tackle was put under the charge of James Glen, of whose
+exertions on the beacon mention has already been made, and who,
+having in early life been a seaman, was also very expert in the
+management of a boat. A life-buoy was likewise suspended from the
+bridge, to which a coil of line two hundred fathoms in length was
+attached, which could be let out to a person falling into the
+water, or to the people in the boat, should they not be able to
+work her with the oars.
+
+[Tuesday, 7th June]
+
+To-day twelve stones were landed on the rock, being the remainder
+of the Patriot's cargo; and the artificers built the thirty-ninth
+course, consisting of fourteen stones. The Bell Rock works had now
+a very busy appearance, as the lighthouse was daily getting more
+into form. Besides the artificers and their cook, the writer and
+his servant were also lodged on the beacon, counting in all twenty-
+nine; and at low-water the landing-master's crew, consisting of
+from twelve to fifteen seamen, were employed in transporting the
+building materials, working the landing apparatus on the rock, and
+dragging the stone waggons along the railways.
+
+[Friday, 8th June]
+
+In the course of this day the weather varied much. In the morning
+it was calm, in the middle part of the day there were light airs of
+wind from the south, and in the evening fresh breezes from the
+east. The barometer in the writer's cabin in the beacon-house
+oscillated from 30 inches to 30.42, and the weather was extremely
+pleasant. This, in any situation, forms one of the chief comforts
+of life; but, as may easily be conceived, it was doubly so to
+people stuck, as it were, upon a pinnacle in the middle of the
+ocean.
+
+[Sunday, 10th June]
+
+One of the praam-boats had been brought to the rock with eleven
+stones, notwithstanding the perplexity which attended the getting
+of those formerly landed taken up to the building. Mr. Peter
+Logan, the foreman builder, interposed, and prevented this cargo
+from being delivered; but the landing-master's crew were
+exceedingly averse to this arrangement, from an idea that "ill
+luck" would in future attend the praam, her cargo, and those who
+navigated her, from thus reversing her voyage. It may be noticed
+that this was the first instance of a praam-boat having been sent
+from the Bell Rock with any part of her cargo on board, and was
+considered so uncommon an occurrence that it became a topic of
+conversation among the seamen and artificers.
+
+[Tuesday, 12th June]
+
+To-day the stones formerly sent from the rock were safely landed,
+notwithstanding the augury of the seamen in consequence of their
+being sent away two days before.
+
+[Thursday, 14th June]
+
+To-day twenty-seven stones and eleven joggle-pieces were landed,
+part of which consisted of the forty-seventh course, forming the
+storeroom floor. The builders were at work this morning by four
+o'clock, in the hopes of being able to accomplish the laying of the
+eighteen stones of this course. But at eight o'clock in the
+evening they had still two to lay, and as the stones of this course
+were very unwieldy, being six feet in length, they required much
+precaution and care both in lifting and laying them. It was only
+on the writer's suggestion to Mr. Logan that the artificers were
+induced to leave off, as they had intended to complete this floor
+before going to bed. The two remaining stones were, however, laid
+in their places without mortar when the bell on the beacon was
+rung, and, all hands being collected on the top of the building,
+three hearty cheers were given on covering the first apartment.
+The steward then served out a dram to each, when the whole retired
+to their barrack much fatigued, but with the anticipation of the
+most perfect repose even in the "hurricane-house," amidst the
+dashing seas on the Bell Rock.
+
+While the workmen were at breakfast and dinner it was the writer's
+usual practice to spend his time on the walls of the building,
+which, notwithstanding the narrowness of the track, nevertheless
+formed his principal walk when the rock was under water. But this
+afternoon he had his writing-desk set upon the storeroom floor,
+when he wrote to Mrs. Stevenson--certainly the first letter dated
+from the Bell Rock LIGHTHOUSE--giving a detail of the fortunate
+progress of the work with an assurance that the lighthouse would
+soon be completed at the rate at which it now proceeded; and, the
+Patriot having sailed for Arbroath in the evening, he felt no small
+degree of pleasure in despatching this communication to his family.
+
+The weather still continuing favourable for the operations at the
+rock, the work proceeded with much energy, through the exertions
+both of the seamen and artificers. For the more speedy and
+effectual working of the several tackles in raising the materials
+as the building advanced in height, and there being a great extent
+of railway to attend to, which required constant repairs, two
+additional millwrights were added to the complement on the rock,
+which, including the writer, now counted thirty-one in all. So
+crowded was the men's barrack that the beds were ranged five tier
+in height, allowing only about one foot eight inches for each bed.
+The artificers commenced this morning at five o'clock, and, in the
+course of the day, they laid the forty-eighth and forty-ninth
+courses, consisting each of sixteen blocks. From the favourable
+state of the weather, and the regular manner in which the work now
+proceeded, the artificers had generally from four to seven extra
+hours' work, which, including their stated wages of 3s. 4d.,
+yielded them from 5s. 4d. to about 6s. 10d. per day besides their
+board; even the postage of their letters was paid while they were
+at the Bell Rock. In these advantages the foremen also shared,
+having about double the pay and amount of premiums of the
+artificers. The seamen being less out of their element in the Bell
+Rock operations than the landsmen, their premiums consisted in a
+slump sum payable at the end of the season, which extended from
+three to ten guineas.
+
+As the laying of the floors was somewhat tedious, the landing-
+master and his crew had got considerably beforehand with the
+building artificers in bringing materials faster to the rock than
+they could be built. The seamen having, therefore, some spare
+time, were occasionally employed during fine weather in dredging or
+grappling for the several mushroom anchors and mooring-chains which
+had been lost in the vicinity of the Bell Rock during the progress
+of the work by the breaking loose and drifting of the floating
+buoys. To encourage their exertions in this search, five guineas
+were offered as a premium for each set they should find; and, after
+much patient application, they succeeded to-day in hooking one of
+these lost anchors with its chain.
+
+It was a general remark at the Bell Rock, as before noticed, that
+fish were never plenty in its neighbourhood excepting in good
+weather. Indeed, the seamen used to speculate about the state of
+the weather from their success in fishing. When the fish
+disappeared at the rock, it was considered a sure indication that a
+gale was not far off, as the fish seemed to seek shelter in deeper
+water from the roughness of the sea during these changes in the
+weather. At this time the rock, at high-water, was completely
+covered with podlies, or the fry of the coal-fish, about six or
+eight inches in length. The artificers sometimes occupied half an
+hour after breakfast and dinner in catching these little fishes,
+but were more frequently supplied from the boats of the tender.
+
+[Saturday, 16th June]
+
+The landing-master having this day discharged the Smeaton and
+loaded the Hedderwick and Dickie praam-boats with nineteen stones,
+they were towed to their respective moorings, when Captain Wilson,
+in consequence of the heavy swell of sea, came in his boat to the
+beacon-house to consult with the writer as to the propriety of
+venturing the loaded praam-boats with their cargoes to the rock
+while so much sea was running. After some dubiety expressed on the
+subject, in which the ardent mind of the landing-master suggested
+many arguments in favour of his being able to convey the praams in
+perfect safety, it was acceded to. In bad weather, and especially
+on occasions of difficulty like the present, Mr. Wilson, who was an
+extremely active seaman, measuring about five feet three inches in
+height, of a robust habit, generally dressed himself in what he
+called a MONKEY JACKET, made of thick duffle cloth, with a pair of
+Dutchman's petticoat trousers, reaching only to his knees, where
+they were met with a pair of long water-tight boots; with this
+dress, his glazed hat, and his small brass speaking trumpet in his
+hand, he bade defiance to the weather. When he made his appearance
+in this most suitable attire for the service his crew seemed to
+possess additional life, never failing to use their utmost
+exertions when the captain put on his STORM RIGGING. They had this
+morning commenced loading the praam-boats at four o'clock, and
+proceeded to tow them into the eastern landing-place, which was
+accomplished with much dexterity, though not without the risk of
+being thrown, by the force of the sea, on certain projecting ledges
+of the rock. In such a case the loss even of a single stone would
+have greatly retarded the work. For the greater safety in entering
+the creek it was necessary to put out several warps and guy-ropes
+to guide the boats into its narrow and intricate entrance; and it
+frequently happened that the sea made a clean breach over the
+praams, which not only washed their decks, but completely drenched
+the crew in water.
+
+[Sunday, 17th June]
+
+It was fortunate, in the present state of the weather, that the
+fiftieth course was in a sheltered spot, within the reach of the
+tackle of the winch-machine upon the bridge; a few stones were
+stowed upon the bridge itself, and the remainder upon the building,
+which kept the artificers at work. The stowing of the materials
+upon the rock was the department of Alexander Brebner, mason, who
+spared no pains in attending to the safety of the stones, and who,
+in the present state of the work, when the stones were landed
+faster than could be built, generally worked till the water rose to
+his middle. At one o'clock to-day the bell rung for prayers, and
+all hands were collected into the upper barrack-room of the beacon-
+house, when the usual service was performed.
+
+The wind blew very hard in the course of last night from N.E., and
+to-day the sea ran so high that no boat could approach the rock.
+During the dinner-hour, when the writer was going to the top of the
+building as usual, but just as he had entered the door and was
+about to ascend the ladder, a great noise was heard overhead, and
+in an instant he was soused in water from a sea which had most
+unexpectedly come over the walls, though now about fifty-eight feet
+in height. On making his retreat he found himself completely
+whitened by the lime, which had mixed with the water while dashing
+down through the different floors; and, as nearly as he could
+guess, a quantity equal to about a hogshead had come over the
+walls, and now streamed out at the door. After having shifted
+himself, he again sat down in his cabin, the sea continuing to run
+so high that the builders did not resume their operations on the
+walls this afternoon. The incident just noticed did not create
+more surprise in the mind of the writer than the sublime appearance
+of the waves as they rolled majestically over the rock. This scene
+he greatly enjoyed while sitting at his cabin window; each wave
+approached the beacon like a vast scroll unfolding; and in passing
+discharged a quantity of air, which he not only distinctly felt,
+but was even sufficient to lift the leaves of a book which lay
+before him. These waves might be ten or twelve feet in height, and
+about 250 feet in length, their smaller end being towards the
+north, where the water was deep, and they were opened or cut
+through by the interposition of the building and beacon. The
+gradual manner in which the sea, upon these occasions, is observed
+to become calm or to subside, is a very remarkable feature of this
+phenomenon. For example, when a gale is succeeded by a calm, every
+third or fourth wave forms one of these great seas, which occur in
+spaces of from three to five minutes, as noted by the writer's
+watch; but in the course of the next tide they become less
+frequent, and take off so as to occur only in ten or fifteen
+minutes; and, singular enough, at the third tide after such gales,
+the writer has remarked that only one or two of these great waves
+appear in the course of the whole tide.
+
+[Tuesday, 19th June]
+
+The 19th was a very unpleasant and disagreeable day, both for the
+seamen and artificers, as it rained throughout with little
+intermission from four a.m. till eleven p.m., accompanied with
+thunder and lightning, during which period the work nevertheless
+continued unremittingly, and the builders laid the fifty-first and
+fifty-second courses. This state of weather was no less severe
+upon the mortar-makers, who required to temper or prepare the
+mortar of a thicker or thinner consistency, in some measure,
+according to the state of the weather. From the elevated position
+of the building, the mortar gallery on the beacon was now much
+lower, and the lime-buckets were made to traverse upon a rope
+distended between it and the building. On occasions like the
+present, however, there was often a difference of opinion between
+the builders and the mortar-makers. John Watt, who had the
+principal charge of the mortar, was a most active worker, but,
+being somewhat of an irascible temper, the builders occasionally
+amused themselves at his expense; for while he was eagerly at work
+with his large iron-shod pestle in the mortar-tub, they often sent
+down contradictory orders, some crying, 'Make it a little stiffer,
+or thicker, John,' while others called out to make it 'thinner,' to
+which he generally returned very speedy and sharp replies, so that
+these conversations at times were rather amusing.
+
+During wet weather the situation of the artificers on the top of
+the building was extremely disagreeable; for although their work
+did not require great exertion, yet, as each man had his particular
+part to perform, either in working the crane or in laying the
+stones, it required the closest application and attention, not only
+on the part of Mr. Peter Logan, the foreman, who was constantly on
+the walls, but also of the chief workmen. Robert Selkirk, the
+principal builder, for example, had every stone to lay in its
+place. David Cumming, a mason, had the charge of working the
+tackle of the balance-weight, and James Scott, also a mason, took
+charge of the purchase with which the stones were laid; while the
+pointing the joints of the walls with cement was intrusted to
+William Reid and William Kennedy, who stood upon a scaffold
+suspended over the walls in rather a frightful manner. The least
+act of carelessness or inattention on the part of any of these men
+might have been fatal, not only to themselves, but also to the
+surrounding workmen, especially if any accident had happened to the
+crane itself, while the material damage or loss of a single stone
+would have put an entire stop to the operations until another could
+have been brought from Arbroath. The artificers, having wrought
+seven and a half hours of extra time to-day, had 3s. 9d. of extra
+pay, while the foremen had 7s. 6d. over and above their stated pay
+and board. Although, therefore, the work was both hazardous and
+fatiguing, yet, the encouragement being considerable, they were
+always very cheerful, and perfectly reconciled to the confinement
+and other disadvantages of the place.
+
+During fine weather, and while the nights were short, the duty on
+board of the floating light was literally nothing but a waiting on,
+and therefore one of her boats, with a crew of five men, daily
+attended the rock, but always returned to the vessel at night. The
+carpenter, however, was one of those who was left on board of the
+ship, as he also acted in the capacity of assistant lightkeeper,
+being, besides, a person who was apt to feel discontent and to be
+averse to changing his quarters, especially to work with the
+millwrights and joiners at the rock, who often, for hours together,
+wrought knee-deep, and not unfrequently up to the middle, in water.
+Mr. Watt having about this time made a requisition for another
+hand, the carpenter was ordered to attend the rock in the floating
+light's boat. This he did with great reluctance, and found so much
+fault that he soon got into discredit with his messmates. On this
+occasion he left the Lighthouse service, and went as a sailor in a
+vessel bound for America--a step which, it is believed, he soon
+regretted, as, in the course of things, he would, in all
+probability, have accompanied Mr. John Reid, the principal
+lightkeeper of the floating light, to the Bell Rock Lighthouse as
+his principal assistant. The writer had a wish to be of service to
+this man, as he was one of those who came off to the floating light
+in the month of September 1807, while she was riding at single
+anchor after the severe gale of the 7th, at a time when it was
+hardly possible to make up this vessel's crew; but the crossness of
+his manner prevented his reaping the benefit of such intentions.
+
+[Friday, 22nd June]
+
+The building operations had for some time proceeded more slowly,
+from the higher parts of the lighthouse requiring much longer time
+than an equal tonnage of the lower courses. The duty of the
+landing-master's crew had, upon the whole, been easy of late; for
+though the work was occasionally irregular, yet the stones being
+lighter, they were more speedily lifted from the hold of the stone
+vessel to the deck of the praam-boat, and again to the waggons on
+the railway, after which they came properly under the charge of the
+foreman builder. It is, however, a strange, though not an
+uncommon, feature in the human character, that, when people have
+least to complain of, they are most apt to become dissatisfied, as
+was now the case with the seamen employed in the Bell Rock service
+about their rations of beer. Indeed, ever since the carpenter of
+the floating light, formerly noticed, had been brought to the rock,
+expressions of discontent had been manifested upon various
+occasions. This being represented to the writer, he sent for
+Captain Wilson, the landing-master, and Mr. Taylor, commander of
+the tender, with whom he talked over the subject. They stated that
+they considered the daily allowance of the seamen in every respect
+ample, and that, the work being now much lighter than formerly,
+they had no just ground for complaint; Mr. Taylor adding that, if
+those who now complained 'were even to be fed upon soft bread and
+turkeys, they would not think themselves right.' At twelve noon
+the work of the landing-master's crew was completed for the day;
+but at four o'clock, while the rock was under water, those on the
+beacon were surprised by the arrival of a boat from the tender
+without any signal having been made from the beacon. It brought
+the following note to the writer from the landing-master's crew:-
+
+
+'Sir Joseph Banks Tender.
+
+'SIR,--We are informed by our masters that our allowance is to be
+as before, and it is not sufficient to serve us, for we have been
+at work since four o'clock this morning, and we have come on board
+to dinner, and there is no beer for us before to-morrow morning, to
+which a sufficient answer is required before we go from the beacon;
+and we are, Sir, your most obedient servants.'
+
+
+On reading this, the writer returned a verbal message, intimating
+that an answer would be sent on board of the tender, at the same
+time ordering the boat instantly to quit the beacon. He then
+addressed the following note to the landing-master:-
+
+
+'Beacon-house, 22nd June 1810,
+Five o'clock p.m.
+
+'SIR,--I have just now received a letter purporting to be from the
+landing-master's crew and seamen on board of the Sir Joseph Banks,
+though without either date or signature; in answer to which I
+enclose a statement of the daily allowance of provisions for the
+seamen in this service, which you will post up in the ship's
+galley, and at seven o'clock this evening I will come on board to
+inquire into this unexpected and most unnecessary demand for an
+additional allowance of beer. In the enclosed you will not find
+any alteration from the original statement, fixed in the galley at
+the beginning of the season. I have, however, judged this mode of
+giving your people an answer preferable to that of conversing with
+them on the beacon. --I am, Sir, your most obedient servant, ROBERT
+STEVENSON.
+
+'To CAPTAIN WILSON.'
+
+'Beacon House, 22nd June 1810.--Schedule of the daily allowance of
+provisions to be served out on board of the Sir Joseph Banks
+tender: "1.5 lb. beef; 1 lb. bread; 8 oz. oatmeal; 2 oz. barley; 2
+oz. butter; 3 quarts beer; vegetables and salt no stated allowance.
+When the seamen are employed in unloading the Smeaton and Patriot,
+a draught of beer is, as formerly, to be allowed from the stock of
+these vessels. Further, in wet and stormy weather, or when the
+work commences very early in the morning, or continues till a late
+hour at night, a glass of spirits will also be served out to the
+crew as heretofore, on the requisition of the landing-master."
+ROBERT STEVENSON.'
+
+
+On writing this letter and schedule, a signal was made on the
+beacon for the landing-master's boat, which immediately came to the
+rock, and the schedule was afterwards stuck up in the tender's
+galley. When sufficient time had been allowed to the crew to
+consider of their conduct, a second signal was made for a boat, and
+at seven o'clock the writer left the Bell Rock, after a residence
+of four successive weeks in the beacon-house. The first thing
+which occupied his attention on board of the tender was to look
+round upon the lighthouse, which he saw, with some degree of
+emotion and surprise, now vying in height with the beacon-house;
+for although he had often viewed it from the extremity of the
+western railway on the rock, yet the scene, upon the whole, seemed
+far more interesting from the tender's moorings at the distance of
+about half a mile.
+
+The Smeaton having just arrived at her moorings with a cargo, a
+signal was made for Captain Pool to come on board of the tender,
+that he might be at hand to remove from the service any of those
+who might persist in their discontented conduct. One of the two
+principal leaders in this affair, the master of one of the praam-
+boats, who had also steered the boat which brought the letter to
+the beacon, was first called upon deck, and asked if he had read
+the statement fixed up in the galley this afternoon, and whether he
+was satisfied with it. He replied that he had read the paper, but
+was not satisfied, as it held out no alteration in the allowance,
+on which he was immediately ordered into the Smeaton's boat. The
+next man called had but lately entered the service, and, being also
+interrogated as to his resolution, he declared himself to be of the
+same mind with the praam-master, and was also forthwith ordered
+into the boat. The writer, without calling any more of the seamen,
+went forward to the gangway, where they were collected and
+listening to what was passing upon deck. He addressed them at the
+hatchway, and stated that two of their companions had just been
+dismissed the service and sent on board of the Smeaton to be
+conveyed to Arbroath. He therefore wished each man to consider for
+himself how far it would be proper, by any unreasonableness of
+conduct, to place themselves in a similar situation, especially as
+they were aware that it was optional in him either to dismiss them
+or send them on board a man-of-war. It might appear that much
+inconveniency would be felt at the rock by a change of hands at
+this critical period, by checking for a time the progress of a
+building so intimately connected with the best interests of
+navigation; yet this would be but of a temporary nature, while the
+injury to themselves might be irreparable. It was now therefore,
+required of any man who, in this disgraceful manner, chose to leave
+the service, that he should instantly make his appearance on deck
+while the Smeaton's boat was alongside. But those below having
+expressed themselves satisfied with their situation-viz., William
+Brown, George Gibb, Alexander Scott, John Dick, Robert Couper,
+Alexander Shephard, James Grieve, David Carey, William Pearson,
+Stuart Eaton, Alexander Lawrence, and John Spink--were accordingly
+considered as having returned to their duty. This disposition to
+mutiny, which had so strongly manifested itself, being now happily
+suppressed, Captain Pool got orders to proceed for Arbroath Bay,
+and land the two men he had on board, and to deliver the following
+letter at the office of the workyard:-
+
+
+'On board of the Tender off the Bell Rock,
+22nd June 1810, eight o'clock p.m.
+
+'DEAR SIR,--A discontented and mutinous spirit having manifested
+itself of late among the landing-master's crew, they struck work
+to-day and demanded an additional allowance of beer, and I have
+found it necessary to dismiss D-d and M-e, who are now sent on
+shore with the Smeaton. You will therefore be so good as to pay
+them their wages, including this day only. Nothing can be more
+unreasonable than the conduct of the seamen on this occasion, as
+the landing-master's crew not only had their allowance on board of
+the tender, but, in the course of this day, they had drawn no fewer
+than twenty-four quart pots of beer from the stock of the Patriot
+while unloading her. --I remain, yours truly, ROBERT STEVENSON.
+
+'To Mr. LACHLAN KENNEDY,
+Bell Rock Office, Arbroath.'
+
+
+On despatching this letter to Mr. Kennedy, the writer returned to
+the beacon about nine o'clock, where this afternoon's business had
+produced many conjectures, especially when the Smeaton got under
+weigh, instead of proceeding to land her cargo. The bell on the
+beacon being rung, the artificers were assembled on the bridge,
+when the affair was explained to them. He, at the same time,
+congratulated them upon the first appearance of mutiny being
+happily set at rest by the dismissal of its two principal abettors.
+
+[Sunday, 24th June]
+
+At the rock the landing of the materials and the building
+operations of the light-room store went on successfully, and in a
+way similar to those of the provision store. To-day it blew fresh
+breezes; but the seamen nevertheless landed twenty-eight stones,
+and the artificers built the fifty-eighth and fifty-ninth courses.
+The works were visited by Mr. Murdoch, junior, from Messrs. Boulton
+and Watt's works of Soho. He landed just as the bell rung for
+prayers, after which the writer enjoyed much pleasure from his very
+intelligent conversation; and, having been almost the only stranger
+he had seen for some weeks, he parted with him, after a short
+interview, with much regret.
+
+[Thursday, 28th June]
+
+Last night the wind had shifted to north-east, and, blowing fresh,
+was accompanied with a heavy surf upon the rock. Towards high-
+water it had a very grand and wonderful appearance. Waves of
+considerable magnitude rose as high as the solid or level of the
+entrance-door, which, being open to the south-west, was fortunately
+to the leeward; but on the windward side the sprays flew like
+lightning up the sloping sides of the building; and although the
+walls were now elevated sixty-four feet above the rock, and about
+fifty-two feet from high-water mark, yet the artificers were
+nevertheless wetted, and occasionally interrupted, in their
+operations on the top of the walls. These appearances were, in a
+great measure, new at the Bell Rock, there having till of late been
+no building to conduct the seas, or object to compare with them.
+Although, from the description of the Eddystone Lighthouse, the
+mind was prepared for such effects, yet they were not expected to
+the present extent in the summer season; the sea being most awful
+to-day, whether observed from the beacon or the building. To
+windward, the sprays fell from the height above noticed in the most
+wonderful cascades, and streamed down the walls of the building in
+froth as white as snow. To leeward of the lighthouse the collision
+or meeting of the waves produced a pure white kind of DRIFT; it
+rose about thirty feet in height, like a fine downy mist, which, in
+its fall, fell upon the face and hands more like a dry powder than
+a liquid substance. The effect of these seas, as they raged among
+the beams and dashed upon the higher parts of the beacon, produced
+a temporary tremulous motion throughout the whole fabric, which to
+a stranger must have been frightful.
+
+[Sunday, 1st July]
+
+The writer had now been at the Bell Rock since the latter end of
+May, or about six weeks, during four of which he had been a
+constant inhabitant of the beacon without having been once off the
+rock. After witnessing the laying of the sixty-seventh or second
+course of the bedroom apartment, he left the rock with the tender
+and went ashore, as some arrangements were to be made for the
+future conduct of the works at Arbroath, which were soon to be
+brought to a close; the landing-master's crew having, in the
+meantime, shifted on board of the Patriot. In leaving the rock,
+the writer kept his eyes fixed upon the lighthouse, which had
+recently got into the form of a house, having several tiers or
+stories of windows. Nor was he unmindful of his habitation in the
+beacon--now far overtopped by the masonry,--where he had spent
+several weeks in a kind of active retirement, making practical
+experiment of the fewness of the positive wants of man. His cabin
+measured not more than four feet three inches in breadth on the
+floor; and though, from the oblique direction of the beams of the
+beacon, it widened towards the top, yet it did not admit of the
+full extension of his arms when he stood on the floor; while its
+length was little more than sufficient for suspending a cot-bed
+during the night, calculated for being triced up to the roof
+through the day, which left free room for the admission of
+occasional visitants. His folding table was attached with hinges,
+immediately under the small window of the apartment, and his books,
+barometer, thermometer, portmanteau, and two or three camp-stools,
+formed the bulk of his movables. His diet being plain, the
+paraphernalia of the table were proportionally simple; though
+everything had the appearance of comfort, and even of neatness, the
+walls being covered with green cloth formed into panels with red
+tape, and his bed festooned with curtains of yellow cotton-stuff.
+If, in speculating upon the abstract wants of man in such a state
+of exclusion, one were reduced to a single book, the Sacred Volume-
+-whether considered for the striking diversity of its story, the
+morality of its doctrine, or the important truths of its gospel--
+would have proved by far the greatest treasure.
+
+[Monday, 2nd July]
+
+In walking over the workyard at Arbroath this morning, the writer
+found that the stones of the course immediately under the cornice
+were all in hand, and that a week's work would now finish the
+whole, while the intermediate courses lay ready numbered and marked
+for shipping to the rock. Among other subjects which had occupied
+his attention to-day was a visit from some of the relations of
+George Dall, a young man who had been impressed near Dundee in the
+month of February last; a dispute had arisen between the
+magistrates of that burgh and the Regulating Officer as to his
+right of impressing Dall, who was bona fide one of the protected
+seamen in the Bell Rock service. In the meantime, the poor lad was
+detained, and ultimately committed to the prison of Dundee, to
+remain until the question should be tried before the Court of
+Session. His friends were naturally very desirous to have him
+relieved upon bail. But, as this was only to be done by the
+judgment of the Court, all that could be said was that his pay and
+allowances should be continued in the same manner as if he had been
+upon the sick-list. The circumstances of Dall's case were briefly
+these:- He had gone to see some of his friends in the neighbourhood
+of Dundee, in winter, while the works were suspended, having got
+leave of absence from Mr. Taylor, who commanded the Bell Rock
+tender, and had in his possession one of the Protection Medals.
+Unfortunately, however, for Dall, the Regulating Officer thought
+proper to disregard these documents, as, according to the strict
+and literal interpretation of the Admiralty regulations, a seaman
+does not stand protected unless he is actually on board of his
+ship, or in a boat belonging to her, or has the Admiralty
+protection in his possession. This order of the Board, however,
+cannot be rigidly followed in practice; and therefore, when the
+matter is satisfactorily stated to the Regulating Officer, the
+impressed man is generally liberated. But in Dall's case this was
+peremptorily refused, and he was retained at the instance of the
+magistrates. The writer having brought the matter under the
+consideration of the Commissioners of the Northern Lighthouses,
+they authorised it to be tried on the part of the Lighthouse Board,
+as one of extreme hardship. The Court, upon the first hearing,
+ordered Dall to be liberated from prison; and the proceedings never
+went further.
+
+[Wednesday, 4th July]
+
+Being now within twelve courses of being ready for building the
+cornice, measures were taken for getting the stones of it and the
+parapet-wall of the light-room brought from Edinburgh, where, as
+before noticed, they had been prepared and were in readiness for
+shipping. The honour of conveying the upper part of the
+lighthouse, and of landing the last stone of the building on the
+rock, was considered to belong to Captain Pool of the Smeaton, who
+had been longer in the service than the master of the Patriot. The
+Smeaton was, therefore, now partly loaded with old iron, consisting
+of broken railways and other lumber which had been lying about the
+rock. After landing these at Arbroath, she took on board James
+Craw, with his horse and cart, which could now be spared at the
+workyard, to be employed in carting the stones from Edinburgh to
+Leith. Alexander Davidson and William Kennedy, two careful masons,
+were also sent to take charge of the loading of the stones at
+Greenside, and stowing them on board of the vessel at Leith. The
+writer also went on board, with a view to call at the Bell Rock and
+to take his passage up the Firth of Forth. The wind, however,
+coming to blow very fresh from the eastward, with thick and foggy
+weather, it became necessary to reef the mainsail and set the
+second jib. When in the act of making a tack towards the tender,
+the sailors who worked the head-sheets were, all of a sudden,
+alarmed with the sound of the smith's hammer and anvil on the
+beacon, and had just time to put the ship about to save her from
+running ashore on the northwestern point of the rock, marked 'James
+Craw's Horse.' On looking towards the direction from whence the
+sound came, the building and beacon-house were seen, with
+consternation, while the ship was hailed by those on the rock, who
+were no less confounded at seeing the near approach of the Smeaton;
+and, just as the vessel cleared the danger, the smith and those in
+the mortar gallery made signs in token of their happiness at our
+fortunate escape. From this occurrence the writer had an
+experimental proof of the utility of the large bells which were in
+preparation to be rung by the machinery of the revolving light;
+for, had it not been the sound of the smith's anvil, the Smeaton,
+in all probability, would have been wrecked upon the rock. In case
+the vessel had struck, those on board might have been safe, having
+now the beacon-house, as a place of refuge; but the vessel, which
+was going at a great velocity, must have suffered severely, and it
+was more than probable that the horse would have been drowned,
+there being no means of getting him out of the vessel. Of this
+valuable animal and his master we shall take an opportunity of
+saying more in another place.
+
+[Thursday, 5th July]
+
+The weather cleared up in the course of the night, but the wind
+shifted to the N.E. and blew very fresh. From the force of the
+wind, being now the period of spring-tides, a very heavy swell was
+experienced at the rock. At two o'clock on the following morning
+the people on the beacon were in a state of great alarm about their
+safety, as the sea had broke up part of the floor of the mortar
+gallery!, which was thus cleared of the lime-casks and other
+buoyant articles; and, the alarm-bell being rung, all hands were
+called to render what assistance was in their power for the safety
+of themselves and the materials. At this time some would willingly
+have left the beacon and gone into the building: the sea, however,
+ran so high that there was no passage along the bridge of
+communication, and, when the interior of the lighthouse came to be
+examined in the morning, it appeared that great quantities of water
+had come over the walls--now eighty feet in height--and had run
+down through the several apartments and out at the entrance door.
+
+The upper course of the lighthouse at the workyard of Arbroath was
+completed on the 6th, and the whole of the stones were, therefore,
+now ready for being shipped to the rock. From the present state of
+the works it was impossible that the two squads of artificers at
+Arbroath and the Bell Rock could meet together at this period; and
+as in public works of this kind, which had continued for a series
+of years, it is not customary to allow the men to separate without
+what is termed a "finishing-pint," five guineas were for this
+purpose placed at the disposal of Mr. David Logan, clerk of works.
+With this sum the stone-cutters at Arbroath had a merry meeting in
+their barrack, collected their sweethearts and friends, and
+concluded their labours with a dance. It was remarked, however,
+that their happiness on this occasion was not without alloy. The
+consideration of parting and leaving a steady and regular
+employment, to go in quest of work and mix with other society,
+after having been harmoniously lodged for years together in one
+large "guildhall or barrack," was rather painful.
+
+[Friday, 6th July]
+
+While the writer was at Edinburgh he was fortunate enough to meet
+with Mrs. Dickson, only daughter of the late celebrated Mr.
+Smeaton, whose works at the Eddystone Lighthouse had been of such
+essential consequence to the operations at the Bell Rock. Even her
+own elegant accomplishments are identified with her father's work,
+she having herself made the drawing of the vignette on the title-
+page of the Narrative of the Eddystone Lighthouse. Every admirer
+of the works of that singularly eminent man must also feel an
+obligation to her for the very comprehensive and distinct account
+given of his life, which is attached to his reports, published, in
+three volumes quarto, by the Society of Civil Engineers. Mrs.
+Dickson, being at this time returning from a tour to the Hebrides
+and Western Highlands of Scotland, had heard of the Bell Rock
+works, and from their similarity to those of the Eddystone was
+strongly impressed with a desire of visiting the spot. But on
+inquiring for the writer at Edinburgh, and finding from him that
+the upper part of the lighthouse, consisting of nine courses, might
+be seen in the immediate vicinity, and also that one of the vessels
+which, in compliment to her father's memory, had been named the
+Smeaton, might also now be seen in Leith, she considered herself
+extremely fortunate; and having first visited the works at
+Greenside, she afterwards went to Leith to see the Smeaton, then
+loading for the Bell Rock. On stepping on board, Mrs. Dickson
+seemed to be quite overcome with so many concurrent circumstances,
+tending in a peculiar manner to revive and enliven the memory of
+her departed father, and, on leaving the vessel, she would not be
+restrained from presenting the crew with a piece of money. The
+Smeaton had been named spontaneously, from a sense of the
+obligation which a public work of the description of the Bell Rock
+owed to the labours and abilities of Mr. Smeaton. The writer
+certainly never could have anticipated the satisfaction which he
+this day felt in witnessing the pleasure it afforded to the only
+representative of this great man's family.
+
+[Friday, 20th July]
+
+The gale from the N.E. still continued so strong, accompanied with
+a heavy sea, that the Patriot could not approach her moorings; and
+although the tender still kept her station, no landing was made to-
+day at the rock. At high-water it was remarked that the spray rose
+to the height of about sixty feet upon the building. The Smeaton
+now lay in Leith loaded, but, the wind and weather being so
+unfavourable for her getting down the Firth, she did not sail till
+this afternoon. It may be here proper to notice that the loading
+of the centre of the light-room floor, or last principal stone of
+the building, did not fail, when put on board, to excite an
+interest among those connected with the work. When the stone was
+laid upon the cart to be conveyed to Leith, the seamen fixed an
+ensign-staff and flag into the circular hole in the centre of the
+stone, and decorated their own hats, and that of James Craw, the
+Bell Rock carter, with ribbons; even his faithful and trusty horse
+Brassey was ornamented with bows and streamers of various colours.
+The masons also provided themselves with new aprons, and in this
+manner the cart was attended in its progress to the ship. When the
+cart came opposite the Trinity House of Leith, the officer of that
+corporation made his appearance dressed in his uniform, with his
+staff of office; and when it reached the harbour, the shipping in
+the different tiers where the Smeaton lay hoisted their colours,
+manifesting by these trifling ceremonies the interest with which
+the progress of this work was regarded by the public, as ultimately
+tending to afford safety and protection to the mariner. The wind
+had fortunately shifted to the S.W., and about five o'clock this
+afternoon the Smeaton reached the Bell Rock.
+
+[Friday, 27th July]
+
+The artificers had finished the laying of the balcony course,
+excepting the centre-stone of the light-room floor, which, like the
+centres of the other floors, could not be laid in its place till
+after the removal of the foot and shaft of the balance-crane.
+During the dinner-hour, when the men were off work the writer
+generally took some exercise by walking round the walls when the
+rock was under water; but to-day his boundary was greatly enlarged,
+for, instead of the narrow wall as a path, he felt no small degree
+of pleasure in walking round the balcony and passing out and in at
+the space allotted for the light-room door. In the labours of this
+day both the artificers and seamen felt their work to be extremely
+easy compared with what it had been for some days past.
+
+[Sunday, 29th July]
+
+Captain Wilson and his crew had made preparations for landing the
+last stone, and, as may well be supposed, this was a day of great
+interest at the Bell Rock. 'That it might lose none of its
+honours,' as he expressed himself, the Hedderwick praam-boat, with
+which the first stone of the building had been landed, was
+appointed also to carry the last. At seven o'clock this evening
+the seamen hoisted three flags upon the Hedderwick, when the
+colours of the Dickie praam-boat, tender, Smeaton, floating light,
+beacon-house, and lighthouse were also displayed; and, the weather
+being remarkably fine, the whole presented a very gay appearance,
+and, in connection with the associations excited, the effect was
+very pleasing. The praam which carried the stone was towed by the
+seamen in gallant style to the rock, and, on its arrival, cheers
+were given as a finale to the landing department.
+
+[Monday, 30th July]
+
+The ninetieth or last course of the building having been laid to-
+day, which brought the masonry to the height of one hundred and two
+feet six inches, the lintel of the light-room door, being the
+finishing-stone of the exterior walls, was laid with due formality
+by the writer, who, at the same time, pronounced the following
+benediction: "May the Great Architect of the Universe, under whose
+blessing this perilous work has prospered, preserve it as a guide
+to the mariner."
+
+[Friday, 3rd Aug.]
+
+At three p.m., the necessary preparations having been made, the
+artificers commenced the completing of the floors of the several
+apartments, and at seven o'clock the centre-stone of the light-room
+floor was laid, which may be held as finishing the masonry of this
+important national edifice. After going through the usual
+ceremonies observed by the brotherhood on occasions of this kind,
+the writer, addressing himself to the artificers and seamen who
+were present, briefly alluded to the utility of the undertaking as
+a monument of the wealth of British commerce, erected through the
+spirited measures of the Commissioners of the Northern Lighthouses
+by means of the able assistance of those who now surrounded him.
+He then took an opportunity of stating that toward those connected
+with this arduous work he would ever retain the most heartfelt
+regard in all their interests.
+
+[Saturday, 4th Aug.]
+
+When the bell was rung as usual on the beacon this morning, every
+one seemed as if he were at a loss what to make of himself. At
+this period the artificers at the rock consisted of eighteen
+masons, two joiners, one millwright, one smith, and one mortar-
+maker, besides Messrs. Peter Logan and Francis Watt, foremen,
+counting in all twenty-five; and matters were arranged for
+proceeding to Arbroath this afternoon with all hands. The Sir
+Joseph Banks tender had by this time been afloat, with little
+intermission, for six months, during greater part of which the
+artificers had been almost constantly off at the rock, and were now
+much in want of necessaries of almost every description. Not a few
+had lost different articles of clothing, which had dropped into the
+sea from the beacon and building. Some wanted jackets; others,
+from want of hats, wore nightcaps; each was, in fact, more or less
+curtailed in his wardrobe, and it must be confessed that at best
+the party were but in a very tattered condition. This morning was
+occupied in removing the artificers and their bedding on board of
+the tender; and although their personal luggage was easily shifted,
+the boats had, nevertheless, many articles to remove from the
+beacon-house, and were consequently employed in this service till
+eleven a.m. All hands being collected and just ready to embark, as
+the water had nearly overflowed the rock, the writer, in taking
+leave, after alluding to the harmony which had ever marked the
+conduct of those employed on the Bell Rock, took occasion to
+compliment the great zeal, attention, and abilities of Mr. Peter
+Logan and Mr. Francis Watt, foremen; Captain James Wilson, landing-
+master; and Captain David Taylor, commander of the tender, who, in
+their several departments, had so faithfully discharged the duties
+assigned to them, often under circumstances the most difficult and
+trying. The health of these gentlemen was drunk with much warmth
+of feeling by the artificers and seamen, who severally expressed
+the satisfaction they had experienced in acting under them; after
+which the whole party left the rock.
+
+In sailing past the floating light mutual compliments were made by
+a display of flags between that vessel and the tender; and at five
+p.m. the latter vessel entered the harbour of Arbroath, where the
+party were heartily welcomed by a numerous company of spectators,
+who had collected to see the artificers arrive after so long an
+absence from the port. In the evening the writer invited the
+foremen and captains of the service, together with Mr. David Logan,
+clerk of works at Arbroath, and Mr. Lachlan Kennedy, engineer's
+clerk and book-keeper, and some of their friends, to the principal
+inn, where the evening was spent very happily; and after 'His
+Majesty's Health' and 'The Commissioners of the Northern
+Lighthouses' had been given, 'Stability to the Bell Rock
+Lighthouse' was hailed as a standing toast in the Lighthouse
+service.
+
+[Sunday, 5th Aug.]
+
+The author has formerly noticed the uniformly decent and orderly
+deportment of the artificers who were employed at the Bell Rock
+Lighthouse, and to-day, it is believed, they very generally
+attended church, no doubt with grateful hearts for the narrow
+escapes from personal danger which all of them had more or less
+experienced during their residence at the rock.
+
+[Tuesday, 14th Aug.]
+
+The Smeaton sailed to-day at one p.m., having on board sixteen
+artificers, with Mr. Peter Logan, together with a supply of
+provisions and necessaries, who left the harbour pleased and happy
+to find themselves once more afloat in the Bell Rock service. At
+seven o'clock the tender was made fast to her moorings, when the
+artificers landed on the rock and took possession of their old
+quarters in the beacon-house, with feelings very different from
+those of 1807, when the works commenced.
+
+The barometer for some days past had been falling from 29.90, and
+to-day it was 29.50, with the wind at N.E., which, in the course of
+this day, increased to a strong gale accompanied with a sea which
+broke with great violence upon the rock. At twelve noon the tender
+rode very heavily at her moorings, when her chain broke at about
+ten fathoms from the ships bows. The kedge-anchor was immediately
+let go, to hold her till the floating buoy and broken chain should
+be got on board. But while this was in operation the hawser of the
+kedge was chafed through on the rocky bottom and parted, when the
+vessel was again adrift. Most fortunately, however, she cast off
+with her head from the rock, and narrowly cleared it, when she
+sailed up the Firth of Forth to wait the return of better weather.
+The artificers were thus left upon the rock with so heavy a sea
+running that it was ascertained to have risen to a height of eighty
+feet on the building. Under such perilous circumstances it would
+be difficult to describe the feelings of those who, at this time,
+were cooped up in the beacon in so forlorn a situation, with the
+sea not only raging under them, but occasionally falling from a
+great height upon the roof of their temporary lodging, without even
+the attending vessel in view to afford the least gleam of hope in
+the event of any accident. It is true that they now had the
+masonry of the lighthouse to resort to, which, no doubt, lessened
+the actual danger of their situation; but the building was still
+without a roof, and the deadlights, or storm-shutters, not being
+yet fitted, the windows of the lower story were stove in and
+broken, and at high-water the sea ran in considerable quantities
+out at the entrance door.
+
+[Thursday, 16th Aug.]
+
+The gale continues with unabated violence to-day, and the sprays
+rise to a still greater height, having been carried over the
+masonry of the building, or about ninety feet above the level of
+the sea. At four o'clock this morning it was breaking into the
+cook's berth, when he rang the alarm-bell, and all hands turned out
+to attend to their personal safety. The floor of the smith's, or
+mortar gallery, was now completely burst up by the force of the
+sea, when the whole of the deals and the remaining articles upon
+the floor were swept away, such as the cast-iron mortar-tubs, the
+iron hearth of the forge, the smith's bellows, and even his anvil
+were thrown down upon the rock. Before the tide rose to its full
+height to-day some of the artificers passed along the bridge into
+the lighthouse, to observe the effects of the sea upon it, and they
+reported that they had felt a slight tremulous motion in the
+building when great seas struck it in a certain direction, about
+high-water mark. On this occasion the sprays were again observed
+to wet the balcony, and even to come over the parapet wall into the
+interior of the light-room.
+
+[Thursday, 23rd Aug.]
+
+The wind being at W.S.W., and the weather more moderate, both the
+tender and the Smeaton got to their moorings on the 23rd, when all
+hands were employed in transporting the sash-frames from on board
+of the Smeaton to the rock. In the act of setting up one of these
+frames upon the bridge, it was unguardedly suffered to lose its
+balance, and in saving it from damage Captain Wilson met with a
+severe bruise in the groin, on the seat of a gun-shot wound
+received in the early part of his life. This accident laid him
+aside for several days.
+
+[Monday, 27th Aug.]
+
+The sash-frames of the light-room, eight in number, and weighing
+each 254 pounds, having been got safely up to the top of the
+building, were ranged on the balcony in the order in which they
+were numbered for their places on the top of the parapet-wall; and
+the balance-crane, that useful machine having now lifted all the
+heavier articles, was unscrewed and lowered, to use the landing-
+master's phrase, 'in mournful silence.'
+
+[Sunday, 2nd Sept.]
+
+The steps of the stair being landed, and all the weightier articles
+of the light-room got up to the balcony, the wooden bridge was now
+to be removed, as it had a very powerful effect upon the beacon
+when a heavy sea struck it, and could not possibly have withstood
+the storms of a winter. Everything having been cleared from the
+bridge, and nothing left but the two principal beams with their
+horizontal braces, James Glen, at high-water, proceeded with a saw
+to cut through the beams at the end next the beacon, which likewise
+disengaged their opposite extremity, inserted a few inches into the
+building. The frame was then gently lowered into the water, and
+floated off to the Smeaton to be towed to Arbroath, to be applied
+as part of the materials in the erection of the lightkeepers'
+houses. After the removal of the bridge, the aspect of things at
+the rock was much altered. The beacon-house and building had both
+a naked look to those accustomed to their former appearance; a
+curious optical deception was also remarked, by which the
+lighthouse seemed to incline from the perpendicular towards the
+beacon. The horizontal rope-ladder before noticed was again
+stretched to preserve the communication, and the artificers were
+once more obliged to practise the awkward and straddling manner of
+their passage between them during 1809.
+
+At twelve noon the bell rung for prayers, after which the
+artificers went to dinner, when the writer passed along the rope-
+ladder to the lighthouse, and went through the several apartments,
+which were now cleared of lumber. In the afternoon all hands were
+summoned to the interior of the house, when he had the satisfaction
+of laying the upper step of the stair, or last stone of the
+building. This ceremony concluded with three cheers, the sound of
+which had a very loud and strange effect within the walls of the
+lighthouse. At six o'clock Mr. Peter Logan and eleven of the
+artificers embarked with the writer for Arbroath, leaving Mr. James
+Glen with the special charge of the beacon and railways, Mr. Robert
+Selkirk with the building, with a few artificers to fit the
+temporary windows to render the house habitable.
+
+[Sunday, 14th Oct.]
+
+On returning from his voyage to the Northern Lighthouses, the
+writer landed at the Bell Rock on Sunday, the 14th of October, and
+had the pleasure to find, from the very favourable state of the
+weather, that the artificers had been enabled to make great
+progress with the fitting-up of the light-room.
+
+[Friday, 19th Oct.]
+
+The light-room work had proceeded, as usual, to-day under the
+direction of Mr. Dove, assisted in the plumber-work by Mr. John
+Gibson, and in the brazier-work by Mr. Joseph Fraser; while Mr.
+James Slight, with the joiners, were fitting up the storm-shuttters
+of the windows. In these several departments the artificers were
+at work till seven o'clock p.m., and it being then dark, Mr. Dove
+gave orders to drop work in the light-room; and all hands proceeded
+from thence to the beacon-house, when Charles Henderson, smith, and
+Henry Dickson, brazier, left the work together. Being both young
+men, who had been for several weeks upon the rock, they had become
+familiar, and even playful, on the most difficult parts about the
+beacon and building. This evening they were trying to outrun each
+other in descending from the light-room, when Henderson led the
+way; but they were in conversation with each other till they came
+to the rope-ladder distended between the entrance-door of the
+lighthouse and the beacon. Dickson, on reaching the cook-room, was
+surprised at not seeing his companion, and inquired hastily for
+Henderson. Upon which the cook replied, 'Was he before you upon
+the rope-ladder?' Dickson answered, 'Yes; and I thought I heard
+something fall.' Upon this the alarm was given, and links were
+immediately lighted, with which the artificers descended on the
+legs of the beacon, as near the surface of the water as possible,
+it being then about full tide, and the sea breaking to a
+considerable height upon the building, with the wind at S.S.E.
+But, after watching till low-water, and searching in every
+direction upon the rock, it appeared that poor Henderson must have
+unfortunately fallen through the rope-ladder, and been washed into
+the deep water.
+
+The deceased had passed along this rope-ladder many hundred times,
+both by day and night, and the operations in which he was employed
+being nearly finished, he was about to leave the rock when this
+melancholy catastrophe took place. The unfortunate loss of
+Henderson cast a deep gloom upon the minds of all who were at the
+rock, and it required some management on the part of those who had
+charge to induce the people to remain patiently at their work; as
+the weather now became more boisterous, and the nights long, they
+found their habitation extremely cheerless, while the winds were
+howling about their ears, and the waves lashing with fury against
+the beams of their insulated habitation.
+
+[Tuesday, 23rd Oct.]
+
+The wind had shifted in the night to N.W., and blew a fresh gale,
+while the sea broke with violence upon the rock. It was found
+impossible to land, but the writer, from the boat, hailed Mr. Dove,
+and directed the ball to be immediately fixed. The necessary
+preparations were accordingly made, while the vessel made short
+tacks on the southern side of the rock, in comparatively smooth
+water. At noon Mr. Dove, assisted by Mr. James Slight, Mr. Robert
+Selkirk, Mr. James Glen, and Mr. John Gibson, plumber, with
+considerable difficulty, from the boisterous state of the weather,
+got the gilded ball screwed on, measuring two feet in diameter, and
+forming the principal ventilator at the upper extremity of the
+cupola of the light-room. At Mr. Hamilton's desire, a salute of
+seven guns was fired on this occasion, and, all hands being called
+to the quarter-deck, 'Stability to the Bell Rock Lighthouse' was
+not forgotten.
+
+[Tuesday, 30th Oct.]
+
+On reaching the rock it was found that a very heavy sea still ran
+upon it; but the writer having been disappointed on two former
+occasions, and, as the erection of the house might now be
+considered complete, there being nothing wanted externally,
+excepting some of the storm-shutters for the defence of the
+windows, he was the more anxious at this time to inspect it. Two
+well-manned boats were therefore ordered to be in attendance; and,
+after some difficulty, the wind being at N.N.E., they got safely
+into the western creek, though not without encountering plentiful
+sprays. It would have been impossible to have attempted a landing
+to-day, under any other circumstances than with boats perfectly
+adapted to the purpose, and with seamen who knew every ledge of the
+rock, and even the length of the sea-weeds at each particular spot,
+so as to dip their oars into the water accordingly, and thereby
+prevent them from getting entangled. But what was of no less
+consequence to the safety of the party, Captain Wilson, who always
+steered the boat, had a perfect knowledge of the set of the
+different waves, while the crew never shifted their eyes from
+observing his motions, and the strictest silence was preserved by
+every individual except himself.
+
+On entering the house, the writer had the pleasure to find it in a
+somewhat habitable condition, the lower apartments being closed in
+with temporary windows, and fitted with proper storm-shutters. The
+lowest apartment at the head of the staircase was occupied with
+water, fuel, and provisions, put up in a temporary way until the
+house could be furnished with proper utensils. The second, or
+light-room store, was at present much encumbered with various tools
+and apparatus for the use of the workmen. The kitchen immediately
+over this had, as yet, been supplied only with a common ship's
+caboose and plate-iron funnel, while the necessary cooking utensils
+had been taken from the beacon. The bedroom was for the present
+used as the joiners' workshop, and the strangers' room, immediately
+under the light-room, was occupied by the artificers, the beds
+being ranged in tiers, as was done in the barrack of the beacon.
+The light-room, though unprovided with its machinery, being now
+covered over with the cupola, glazed and painted, had a very
+complete and cleanly appearance. The balcony was only as yet
+fitted with a temporary rail, consisting of a few iron stanchions,
+connected with ropes; and in this state it was necessary to leave
+it during the winter.
+
+Having gone over the whole of the low-water works on the rock, the
+beacon, and lighthouse, and being satisfied that only the most
+untoward accident in the landing of the machinery could prevent the
+exhibition of the light in the course of the winter, Mr. John Reid,
+formerly of the floating light, was now put in charge of the
+lighthouse as principal keeper; Mr. James Slight had charge of the
+operations of the artificers, while Mr. James Dove and the smiths,
+having finished the frame of the light-room, left the rock for the
+present. With these arrangements the writer bade adieu to the
+works for the season. At eleven a.m. the tide was far advanced;
+and there being now little or no shelter for the boats at the rock,
+they had to be pulled through the breach of sea, which came on
+board in great quantities, and it was with extreme difficulty that
+they could be kept in the proper direction of the landing-creek.
+On this occasion he may be permitted to look back with gratitude on
+the many escapes made in the course of this arduous undertaking,
+now brought so near to a successful conclusion.
+
+[Monday, 5th Nov.]
+
+On Monday, the 5th, the yacht again visited the rock, when Mr.
+Slight and the artificers returned with her to the workyard, where
+a number of things were still to prepare connected with the
+temporary fitting up of the accommodation for the lightkeepers.
+Mr. John Reid and Peter Fortune were now the only inmates of the
+house. This was the smallest number of persons hitherto left in
+the lighthouse. As four lightkeepers were to be the complement, it
+was intended that three should always be at the rock. Its present
+inmates, however, could hardly have been better selected for such a
+situation; Mr. Reid being a person possessed of the strictest
+notions of duty and habits of regularity from long service on board
+of a man-of-war, while Mr. Fortune had one of the most happy and
+contented dispositions imaginable.
+
+[Tuesday, 13th Nov.]
+
+From Saturday the 10th till Tuesday the 13th, the wind had been
+from N.E. blowing a heavy gale; but to-day, the weather having
+greatly moderated, Captain Taylor, who now commanded the Smeaton,
+sailed at two o'clock a.m. for the Bell Rock. At five the floating
+light was hailed and found to be all well. Being a fine moonlight
+morning, the seamen were changed from the one ship to the other.
+At eight, the Smeaton being off the rock, the boats were manned,
+and taking a supply of water, fuel, and other necessaries, landed
+at the western side, when Mr. Reid and Mr. Fortune were found in
+good health and spirits.
+
+Mr. Reid stated that during the late gales, particularly on Friday,
+the 30th, the wind veering from S.E. to N.E., both he and Mr.
+Fortune sensibly felt the house tremble when particular seas
+struck, about the time of high-water; the former observing that it
+was a tremor of that sort which rather tended to convince him that
+everything about the building was sound, and reminded him of the
+effect produced when a good log of timber is struck sharply with a
+mallet; but, with every confidence in the stability of the
+building, he nevertheless confessed that, in so forlorn a
+situation, they were not insensible to those emotions which, he
+emphatically observed, 'made a man look back upon his former life.'
+
+[1881 Friday, 1st Feb.]
+
+The day, long wished for, on which the mariner was to see a light
+exhibited on the Bell Rock at length arrived. Captain Wilson, as
+usual, hoisted the float's lanterns to the topmast on the evening
+of the 1st of February; but the moment that the light appeared on
+the rock, the crew, giving three cheers, lowered them, and finally
+extinguished the lights.
+
+
+
+Footnotes:
+
+
+
+{2a} An error: Stevensons owned at this date the barony of
+Dolphingston in Haddingtonshire, Montgrennan in Ayrshire, and
+several other lesser places.
+
+{3a} Pitcairn's Criminal Trials, at large.--[R. L. S.]
+
+{4a} Fountainhall's Decisions, vol. i. pp. 56, 132, 186, 204,
+368.- [R. L. S.]
+
+{4b} Ibid. pp. 158, 299.--[R. L. S.]
+
+{4c} Working farmer: Fr. laboureur.
+
+{7a} This John Stevenson was not the only 'witness' of the name;
+other Stevensons were actually killed during the persecutions, in
+the Glen of Trool, on Pentland, etc.; and it is very possible that
+the author's own ancestor was one of the mounted party embodied by
+Muir of Caldwell, only a day too late for Pentland.
+
+{7b} Wodrow Society's Select Biographies, vol. ii.- [R. L. S.]
+
+{9a} Though the districts here named are those in which the name
+of Stevenson is most common, it is in point of fact far more wide-
+spread than the text indicates, and occurs from Dumfries and
+Berwickshire to Aberdeen and Orkney.
+
+{12a} Mr. J. H. Stevenson is satisfied that these speculations as
+to a possible Norse, Highland, or French origin are vain. All we
+know about the engineer family is that it was sprung from a stock
+of Westland Whigs settled in the latter part of the seventeenth
+century in the parish of Neilston, as mentioned at the beginning of
+the next chapter. It may be noted that the Ayrshire parish of
+Stevenston, the lands of which are said to have received the name
+in the twelfth century, lies within thirteen miles south-west of
+this place. The lands of Stevenson in Lanarkshire first mentioned
+in the next century, in the Ragman Roll, lie within twenty miles
+east.
+
+{54a} This is only a probable hypothesis; I have tried to identify
+my father's anecdote in my grandfather's diary, and may very well
+have been deceived.--[R. L. S.]
+
+{91a} This is, of course, the tradition commemorated by Southey in
+his ballad of 'The Inchcape Bell.' Whether true or not, it points
+to the fact that from the infancy of Scottish navigation, the
+seafaring mind had been fully alive to the perils of this reef.
+Repeated attempts had been made to mark the place with beacons, but
+all efforts were unavailing (one such beacon having been carried
+away within eight days of its erection) until Robert Stevenson
+conceived and carried out the idea of the stone tower. But the
+number of vessels actually lost upon the reef was as nothing to
+those that were cast away in fruitless efforts to avoid it. Placed
+right in the fairway of two navigations, and one of these the
+entrance to the only harbour of refuge between the Downs and the
+Moray Firth, it breathed abroad along the whole coast an atmosphere
+of terror and perplexity; and no ship sailed that part of the North
+Sea at night, but what the ears of those on board would be strained
+to catch the roaring of the seas on the Bell Rock.
+
+{92a} The particular event which concentrated Mr. Stevenson's
+attention on the problem of the Bell Rock was the memorable gale of
+December 1799, when, among many other vessels, H.M.S. York, a
+seventy-four-gun ship, went down with all hands on board. Shortly
+after this disaster Mr. Stevenson made a careful survey, and
+prepared his models for a stone tower, the idea of which was at
+first received with pretty general scepticism, Smeaton's Eddystone
+tower could not be cited as affording a parallel, for there the
+rock is not submerged even at high-water, while the problem of the
+Bell Rock was to build a tower of masonry on a sunken reef far
+distant from land, covered at every tide to a depth of twelve feet
+or more, and having thirty-two fathoms' depth of water within a
+mile of its eastern edge.
+
+{94a} The grounds for the rejection of the Bill by the House of
+Lords in 1802-3 had been that the extent of coast over which dues
+were proposed to be levied would be too great. Before going to
+Parliament again, the Board of Northern Lights, desiring to obtain
+support and corroboration for Mr. Stevenson's views, consulted
+first Telford, who was unable to give the matter his attention, and
+then (on Stevenson's suggestion) Rennie, who concurred in affirming
+the practicability of a stone tower, and supported the Bill when it
+came again before Parliament in 1806. Rennie was afterwards
+appointed by the Commissioners as advising engineer, whom Stevenson
+might consult in cases of emergency. It seems certain that the
+title of chief engineer had in this instance no more meaning than
+the above. Rennie, in point of fact, proposed certain
+modifications in Stevenson's plans, which the latter did not
+accept; nevertheless Rennie continued to take a kindly interest in
+the work, and the two engineers remained in friendly correspondence
+during its progress. The official view taken by the Board as to
+the quarter in which lay both the merit and the responsibility of
+the work may be gathered from a minute of the Commissioners at
+their first meeting held after Stevenson died; in which they record
+their regret 'at the death of this zealous, faithful, and able
+officer, TO WHOM IS DUE THE HONOUR OF CONCEIVING AND EXECUTING THE
+BELL ROCK LIGHTHOUSE.' The matter is briefly summed up in the Life
+of Robert Stevenson by his son David Stevenson (A. & C. Black,
+1878), and fully discussed, on the basis of official facts and
+figures, by the same writer in a letter to the Civil Engineers' and
+Architects' Journal, 1862.
+
+{122a} 'Nothing was said, but I was LOOKED OUT OF COUNTENANCE,' he
+says in a letter.
+
+{171a} Ill-formed--ugly.--[R. L. S.]
+
+{174a} This is an incurable illusion of my grandfather's; he
+always writes 'distended' for 'extended.'--[R. L. S.]
+
+
+
+
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, RECORDS OF A FAMILY OF ENGINEERS ***
+
+This file should be named rfeng10.txt or rfeng10.zip
+Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, rfeng11.txt
+VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, rfeng10a.txt
+
+Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections,
+even years after the official publication date.
+
+Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.
+
+Most people start at our Web sites at:
+http://gutenberg.net or
+http://promo.net/pg
+
+These Web sites include award-winning information about Project
+Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new
+eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!).
+
+
+Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement
+can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is
+also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
+indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
+announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
+
+http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext04 or
+ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext04
+
+Or /etext03, 02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
+
+Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
+as it appears in our Newsletters.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our
+projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text
+files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+
+We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002
+If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
+will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks!
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
+
+Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated):
+
+eBooks Year Month
+
+ 1 1971 July
+ 10 1991 January
+ 100 1994 January
+ 1000 1997 August
+ 1500 1998 October
+ 2000 1999 December
+ 2500 2000 December
+ 3000 2001 November
+ 4000 2001 October/November
+ 6000 2002 December*
+ 9000 2003 November*
+10000 2004 January*
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created
+to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people
+and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut,
+Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois,
+Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts,
+Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New
+Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio,
+Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South
+Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West
+Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
+
+We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones
+that have responded.
+
+As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list
+will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states.
+Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state.
+
+In answer to various questions we have received on this:
+
+We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally
+request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and
+you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have,
+just ask.
+
+While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are
+not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting
+donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to
+donate.
+
+International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about
+how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made
+deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are
+ways.
+
+Donations by check or money order may be sent to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Ave.
+Oxford, MS 38655-4109
+
+Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment
+method other than by check or money order.
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by
+the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN
+[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are
+tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising
+requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be
+made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+You can get up to date donation information online at:
+
+http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html
+
+
+***
+
+If you can't reach Project Gutenberg,
+you can always email directly to:
+
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message.
+
+We would prefer to send you information by email.
+
+
+**The Legal Small Print**
+
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks,
+is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
+through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
+Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook
+under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market
+any commercial products without permission.
+
+To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may
+receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims
+all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,
+and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated
+with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including
+legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the
+following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook,
+[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook,
+or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this
+ requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+ eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however,
+ if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable
+ binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+ including any form resulting from conversion by word
+ processing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+ *EITHER*:
+
+ [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+ does *not* contain characters other than those
+ intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+ (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+ be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+ author, and additional characters may be used to
+ indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+ [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at
+ no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+ form by the program that displays the eBook (as is
+ the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+ OR
+
+ [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+ no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+ eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+ or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this
+ "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the
+ gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
+ already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you
+ don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are
+ payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
+ the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
+ legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
+ periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to
+ let us know your plans and to work out the details.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of
+public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
+in machine readable form.
+
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
+public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.
+Money should be paid to the:
+"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
+software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
+hart@pobox.com
+
+[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only
+when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by
+Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be
+used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be
+they hardware or software or any other related product without
+express permission.]
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END*
+